1#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2026 Intel Corporation
15 *
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19 *
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27 *
28 */
29
30/*
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34 *
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41 */
42
43#include <linux/types.h>
44
45#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46
47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
54
55#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
56#define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
57#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
58#define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
59
60/**
61 * DOC: Station handling
62 *
63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
67 * to.
68 *
69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
70 * capabilities.
71 *
72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75 * or capability information; this just exists to avoid race conditions
76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78 * time mark it authorized.
79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
82 *
83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
84 */
85
86/**
87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
88 *
89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant to react to management frames
91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93 * for various reasons.
94 *
95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
101 * for doing that.
102 *
103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
106 *
107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
113 *
114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame is transmitted, its
117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
118 *
119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
120 * below.
121 */
122
123/**
124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
125 *
126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs; they can have
127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
130 *
131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
134 *
135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138 * an additional list of these; they can be added at any time and
139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
142 *
143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
151 *
152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
154 */
155
156/**
157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
158 *
159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162 * and power consumption.
163 *
164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167 * following events occurs.
168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches its limit.
171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
172 *
173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
174 * rule.
175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177 * c) Condition for coalescence: pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
179 */
180
181/**
182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
183 *
184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
191 *
192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
198 * not present.
199 *
200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
207 *
208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
211 */
212
213/**
214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
215 *
216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertised by drivers by
217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
231 *
232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234 * up a connection or after roaming.
235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
241 *
242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertised by a FILS
243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
249 */
250
251/**
252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
253 *
254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
258 *
259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
261 * respectively.
262 */
263
264/**
265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
266 *
267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
273 * that main netdev.
274 *
275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
278 */
279
280/**
281 * DOC: TID configuration
282 *
283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
285 *
286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
289 *
290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293 * any peers that have peer-specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer-specific values
295 * will be overwritten.
296 *
297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection,
298 * i.e., the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300 * the interface goes down.
301 */
302
303/**
304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
305 *
306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
307 *
308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
313 *
314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
322 *
323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
324 */
325
326/**
327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation
328 *
329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between two MLDs utilizes multiple
330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need
331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute.
332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link
333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to
334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions.
335 */
336
337/**
338 * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload
339 *
340 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate
341 * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is
342 * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and
343 * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK.
344 */
345
346/**
347 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
348 *
349 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
350 *
351 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
352 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
354 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
355 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
357 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
359 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
360 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel,
361 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
362 * compatibility only.
363 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
364 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
365 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
366 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
368 *
369 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
370 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
371 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
372 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
373 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
374 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
375 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
376 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
377 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
378 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
379 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
381 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
382 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
383 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
384 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
385 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
386 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
387 *
388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
389 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
390 * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key,
391 * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
392 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
393 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
394 * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by
395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
397 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
398 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents
399 * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO
400 * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
401 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
402 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address
403 * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by
404 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
405 *
406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
407 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
408 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
409 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
410 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
411 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
412 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
413 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
414 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
415 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
416 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
417 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
418 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
419 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
420 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
421 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
422 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
423 * attributes determining channel width.
424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
425 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
427 *
428 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
429 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
430 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
431 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
432 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
433 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
434 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
435 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
436 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in
437 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
438 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
439 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
440 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
441 * frame). %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID can be used optionally to remove
442 * stations connected and using at least that link as one of its links.
443 *
444 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
445 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
446 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
447 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
448 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
449 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
450 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
451 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
452 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
453 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
454 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
455 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
456 *
457 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
458 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
459 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
460 * global regdomain will be returned.
461 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
462 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
463 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
464 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
465 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
466 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
467 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
468 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
469 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
470 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
471 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
472 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
473 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
474 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
475 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
476 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
477 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
478 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
479 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
480 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
481 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
482 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
483 *
484 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
485 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
486 *
487 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
488 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
489 *
490 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
491 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
492 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
493 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
494 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
495 * added to all specified management frames generated by
496 * kernel/firmware/driver.
497 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
498 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
499 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
500 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
501 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
502 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
503 *
504 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
505 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
506 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
507 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
508 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
509 * be used.
510 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
511 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
512 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
513 * partial scan results may be available
514 *
515 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
516 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
517 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
518 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
519 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
520 * These attributes are mutually exclusive,
521 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
522 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
523 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
524 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
525 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
526 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
527 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
528 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
529 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
530 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
531 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
532 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
533 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
534 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
535 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
536 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
537 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
538 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
539 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
540 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
541 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
542 * results available.
543 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
544 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
545 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
546 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
547 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
548 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
549 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
550 *
551 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey results, e.g. channel occupation
552 * or noise level
553 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
554 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
555 *
556 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
557 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
558 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
559 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
560 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
561 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
562 * advertised by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
563 * ESS.
564 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
565 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
566 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
567 * authentication. Additionally in case of SAE offload and OWE offloads
568 * PMKSA entry can be deleted using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID.
569 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
570 *
571 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
572 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
573 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
574 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
575 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
576 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
577 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
578 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
579 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
580 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
581 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
582 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
583 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
584 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
585 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
586 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
587 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
588 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
589 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
590 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
591 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
592 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
593 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
594 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
595 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
596 * the beacon hint was processed.
597 *
598 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
599 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
600 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
601 * authentication process.
602 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
603 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
604 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
605 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
606 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
607 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequency of the
608 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
609 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
610 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
611 * to the frame.
612 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
613 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
614 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
615 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
616 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
617 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
618 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
619 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
620 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
621 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
622 * pending authentication timed out).
623 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
624 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
625 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
626 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
627 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
628 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
629 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
630 * included).
631 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
632 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
633 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
634 * primitives).
635 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
636 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
637 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
638 *
639 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
640 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
641 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
642 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
643 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
644 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
645 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
646 *
647 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
648 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
649 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
650 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
651 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
652 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
653 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
654 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
655 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
656 * determined by the network interface.
657 *
658 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
659 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
660 * to the driver.
661 *
662 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
663 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
664 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
665 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
666 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
667 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
668 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
669 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
670 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
671 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
672 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
673 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
674 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
675 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
676 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
677 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
678 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
679 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
680 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
681 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
682 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
683 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
684 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
685 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
686 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
687 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
688 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
689 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
690 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
691 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
692 * a different BSS is desired.
693 * Background scan period can optionally be
694 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
695 * if not specified default background scan configuration
696 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
697 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
698 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
699 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
700 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
701 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
702 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
703 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
704 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
705 * well to remain backwards compatible.
706 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
707 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
708 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an
709 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
710 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
711 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
712 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
713 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
714 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
715 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
716 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
717 *
718 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
719 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
720 *
721 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
722 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
723 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
724 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
725 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
726 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
727 * frequency for the operation.
728 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
729 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
730 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
731 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
732 * radio). An optional attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC can be used to filter
733 * incoming frames during remain-on-channel, such that frames
734 * addressed to the specified destination MAC are reported.
735 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
736 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
737 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
738 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
739 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
740 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
741 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
742 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
743 * uniquely identify the request.
744 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
745 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
746 *
747 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
748 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
749 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
750 *
751 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
752 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
753 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
754 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
755 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
756 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
757 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
758 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
759 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
760 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
761 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
762 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
763 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
764 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
765 * backward compatibility
766 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
767 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
768 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
769 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
770 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
771 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
772 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
773 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
774 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
775 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
776 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
777 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
778 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
779 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
780 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
781 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
782 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
783 * is used during CSA period.
784 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be
785 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses
786 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by
787 * lower layers.
788 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
789 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may
790 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp.
791 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
792 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
793 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
794 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
795 * wait time.
796 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
797 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
798 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
799 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
800 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
801 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the
802 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
803 * indicate the ack RX timestamp.
804 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
805 * backward compatibility.
806 *
807 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
808 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
809 *
810 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
811 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
812 * levels.
813 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
814 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
815 * reached.
816 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
817 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
818 * (identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
819 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
820 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
821 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
822 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
823 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
824 * precedence when they are used.
825 *
826 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
827 * (no longer supported).
828 *
829 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
830 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
831 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
832 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
833 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
834 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
835 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
836 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
837 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
838 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
839 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
840 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
841 * command, the feature is disabled.
842 *
843 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
844 * mesh config parameters may be given.
845 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
846 * network is determined by the network interface.
847 *
848 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
849 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
850 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
851 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
852 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
853 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
854 *
855 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
856 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
857 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
858 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
859 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
860 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
861 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
862 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
863 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
864 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
865 * depending on the authentication result.
866 *
867 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
868 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
869 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
870 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
871 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
872 * more background information, see
873 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
874 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
875 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
876 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
877 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
878 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
879 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
880 *
881 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
882 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
883 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
884 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
885 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
886 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
887 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
888 *
889 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
890 * of PMKSA caching candidates.
891 *
892 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
893 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
894 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
895 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
896 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
897 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
898 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
899 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
900 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
901 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
902 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
903 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
904 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
905 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
906 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
907 *
908 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
909 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
910 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
911 * frames. For NAN_DATA interfaces, this is used to report frames from
912 * unknown peers (A2 not assigned to any active NDP).
913 * Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame is received.
914 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
915 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
916 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
917 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
918 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
919 *
920 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
921 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
922 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
923 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
924 *
925 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
926 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
927 * acknowledged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
928 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
929 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
930 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
931 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
932 *
933 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
934 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
935 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
936 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
937 *
938 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
939 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
940 *
941 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
942 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
943 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
944 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
945 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
946 * from the remote AP) is completed;
947 *
948 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
949 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
950 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
951 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
952 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
953 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
954 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
955 * interfaces to change channel as well.
956 *
957 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
958 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
959 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
960 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
961 * public action frame TX.
962 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
963 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
964 *
965 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
966 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
967 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
968 * is used for this.
969 *
970 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
971 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
972 *
973 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
974 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
975 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
976 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
977 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
978 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
979 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
980 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
981 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
982 *
983 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
984 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
985 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
986 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
987 * while operating on this channel.
988 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
989 * event.
990 *
991 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
992 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
993 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
994 *
995 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
996 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
997 *
998 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
999 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
1000 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
1001 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
1002 *
1003 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
1004 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
1005 * complete.
1006 *
1007 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
1008 * return back to normal.
1009 *
1010 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
1011 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
1012 *
1013 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
1014 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
1015 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
1016 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
1017 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
1018 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
1019 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
1020 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
1021 * switch is complete.
1022 *
1023 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
1024 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
1025 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
1026 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
1027 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
1028 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
1029 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
1030 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
1031 *
1032 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
1033 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
1034 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
1035 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
1036 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
1037 *
1038 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
1039 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
1040 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
1041 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
1042 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
1043 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
1044 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
1045 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
1046 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
1047 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
1048 * fail even if the check was successful.
1049 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
1050 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
1051 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
1052 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
1053 *
1054 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
1055 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
1056 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
1057 *
1058 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
1059 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
1060 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
1061 * network is determined by the network interface.
1062 *
1063 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1064 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1065 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1066 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1067 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1068 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1069 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1070 * AP.
1071 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1072 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1073 * when this command completes.
1074 *
1075 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1076 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1077 * management.
1078 *
1079 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1080 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1081 * cfg80211_scan_done().
1082 *
1083 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1084 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1085 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1086 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1087 * cluster. This command must have a valid
1088 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1089 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1090 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1091 * decide what to use. Additional cluster configuration may be
1092 * optionally provided with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG.
1093 * After this command NAN functions can be added.
1094 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1095 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1096 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1097 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1098 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1099 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1100 * of the function upon success.
1101 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1102 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1103 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1104 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1105 * which just terminated.
1106 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1107 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1108 * the response to this command.
1109 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1110 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1111 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1112 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1113 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1114 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1115 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1116 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
1117 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1118 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1119 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
1120 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1121 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1122 * Additional parameters may be provided with
1123 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG. User space should provide all previously
1124 * configured nested attributes under %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG, even if
1125 * only a subset was changed.
1126 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1127 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1128 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1129 *
1130 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1131 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1132 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1133 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1134 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1135 *
1136 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1137 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1138 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1139 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1140 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1141 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1142 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1143 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates port is authorized and
1144 * open for regular data traffic. For STA/P2P-client, this event is sent
1145 * with AP MAC address and for AP/P2P-GO, the event carries the STA/P2P-
1146 * client MAC address.
1147 * Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload should send this event for
1148 * STA/P2P-client after successful 4-way HS or after 802.1X FT following
1149 * NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or NL80211_CMD_ROAM. Drivers using AP/P2P-GO 4-way
1150 * handshake offload should send this event on successful completion of
1151 * 4-way handshake with the peer (STA/P2P-client).
1152 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1153 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1154 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1155 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1156 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1157 * 802.11 headers.
1158 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and
1159 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known
1160 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit
1161 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both
1162 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link
1163 * address of that link.
1164 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1165 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1166 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1167 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1168 *
1169 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1170 *
1171 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1172 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1173 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1174 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1175 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1176 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1177 *
1178 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1179 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1180 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1181 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1182 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1183 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1184 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1185 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1186 * command interface.
1187 *
1188 * Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in
1189 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO
1190 * during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD
1191 * APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability
1192 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling
1193 * MLO during the authentication offload or not.
1194 * User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it
1195 * receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User
1196 * space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request
1197 * doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable.
1198 * User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and
1199 * interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD
1200 * address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and
1201 * BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the
1202 * MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the
1203 * authentication.
1204 *
1205 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1206 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1207 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1208 *
1209 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notifies that a station's
1210 * HT opmode or VHT opmode changed using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1211 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH, %NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1212 * address (specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1213 * Note that 80+80 and 160 MHz might not be differentiated, i.e. may
1214 * report %NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160 instead of %NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80.
1215 *
1216 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1217 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1218 *
1219 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1220 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1221 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1222 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1223 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1224 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1225 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1226 * the netlink extended ack message.
1227 *
1228 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1229 *
1230 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1231 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1232 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1233 * buffer size.
1234 *
1235 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1236 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1237 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1238 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1239 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1240 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1241 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1242 *
1243 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1244 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1245 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1246 * determining the width and type.
1247 *
1248 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1249 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1250 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1251 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1252 *
1253 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1254 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1255 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1256 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1257 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1258 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1259 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1260 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1261 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1262 * rate selection.
1263 *
1264 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1265 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1266 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1267 *
1268 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1269 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1270 *
1271 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1272 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1273 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1274 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1275 *
1276 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1277 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1278 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1279 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1280 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1281 *
1282 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1283 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1284 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1285 *
1286 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1287 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1288 *
1289 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1290 * userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1291 *
1292 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1293 * started
1294 *
1295 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1296 * been aborted
1297 *
1298 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1299 * has completed
1300 *
1301 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
1302 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
1303 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
1304 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
1305 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
1306 *
1307 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
1308 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1309 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
1310 * specify the timeout value.
1311 *
1312 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The
1313 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link.
1314 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come
1315 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links
1316 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP.
1317 *
1318 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station
1319 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station
1320 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station
1321 *
1322 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing
1323 * measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1324 * is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the
1325 * specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for
1326 * all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC
1327 * address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable
1328 * HW timestamping.
1329 * The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently
1330 * is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS.
1331 *
1332 * @NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED: Notify userspace about the removal of STA MLD
1333 * setup links due to AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with
1334 * Multi-Link reconfiguration. %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS is used to provide
1335 * information about the removed STA MLD setup links.
1336 *
1337 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING: Set the TID to Link Mapping for a
1338 * non-AP MLD station. The %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK and
1339 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK attributes are used to specify the
1340 * TID to Link mapping for downlink/uplink traffic.
1341 *
1342 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_MLO_RECONF: For a non-AP MLD station, request to
1343 * add/remove links to/from the association. To indicate link
1344 * reconfiguration request results from the driver, this command is also
1345 * used as an event to notify userspace about the added links information.
1346 * For notifying the removed links information, the existing
1347 * %NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED command is used. This command is also used to
1348 * notify userspace about newly added links for the current connection in
1349 * case of AP-initiated link recommendation requests, received via
1350 * a BTM (BSS Transition Management) request or a link reconfig notify
1351 * frame, where the driver handles the link recommendation offload.
1352 *
1353 * @NL80211_CMD_EPCS_CFG: EPCS configuration for a station. Used by userland to
1354 * control EPCS configuration. Used to notify userland on the current state
1355 * of EPCS.
1356 *
1357 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION: This command is used to notify
1358 * user space about the next NAN Discovery Window (DW). User space may use
1359 * it to prepare frames to be sent in the next DW.
1360 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to indicate the frequency of the next
1361 * DW. SDF transmission should be requested with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME and
1362 * the device/driver shall take care of the actual transmission timing.
1363 * This notification is only sent to the NAN interface owning socket
1364 * (see %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER flag).
1365 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED: This command is used to notify
1366 * user space that the NAN new cluster has been joined. The cluster ID is
1367 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1368 *
1369 * @NL80211_CMD_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_DETECT: Once any incumbent signal is detected
1370 * on the operating channel in 6 GHz band, userspace is notified with the
1371 * signal interference bitmap using
1372 * %NL80211_ATTR_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_INTERFERENCE_BITMAP. The current channel
1373 * definition is also sent.
1374 *
1375 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED: Set the local NAN schedule. NAN must be
1376 * operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN was executed). Must contain
1377 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_TIME_SLOTS and %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_AVAIL_BLOB, but
1378 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL is optional (for example in case of a channel
1379 * removal, that channel won't be provided).
1380 * If %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED is set, the command is a request
1381 * from the device to perform an announced schedule update. See
1382 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED for more details.
1383 * If not set, the schedule should be applied immediately.
1384 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_DONE: Event sent to user space to notify that
1385 * a deferred local NAN schedule update (requested with
1386 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED and %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED)
1387 * has been completed. The presence of %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_SUCCESS
1388 * indicates that the update was successful.
1389 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED: Set the peer NAN schedule. NAN
1390 * must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN was executed).
1391 * Required attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_MAC (peer NMI address) and
1392 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_COMMITTED_DW.
1393 * Optionally, the full schedule can be provided by including all of:
1394 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SEQ_ID, %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL (one or more), and
1395 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_PEER_MAPS (see &enum nl80211_nan_peer_map_attrs).
1396 * If any of these three optional attributes is provided, all three must
1397 * be provided.
1398 * Each peer channel must be compatible with at least one local channel
1399 * set by %NL80211_CMD_SET_LOCAL_NAN_SCHED. Different maps must not
1400 * contain compatible channels.
1401 * For single-radio devices (n_radio <= 1), different maps must not
1402 * schedule the same time slot, as the device cannot operate on multiple
1403 * channels simultaneously.
1404 * When updating an existing peer schedule, the full new schedule must be
1405 * provided - partial updates are not supported. The new schedule will
1406 * completely replace the previous one.
1407 * The peer schedule is automatically removed when the NMI station is
1408 * removed.
1409 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_ULW_UPDATE: Notification from the driver to user space
1410 * with the updated ULW blob of the device. User space can use this blob
1411 * to attach to frames sent to peers. This notification contains
1412 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_ULW with the ULW blob.
1413 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_CHANNEL_EVAC: Notification to indicate that a NAN
1414 * channel has been evacuated due to resource conflicts with other
1415 * interfaces. This can happen when another interface sharing the channel
1416 * resource with NAN needs to move to a different channel (e.g., channel
1417 * switch or link switch on a BSS interface).
1418 * The notification contains %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL attribute
1419 * identifying the evacuated channel.
1420 * User space may reconfigure the local schedule in response to this
1421 * notification.
1422 * @NL80211_CMD_START_PD: Start PD operation, identified by its
1423 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been previously
1424 * created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE.
1425 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_PD: Stop the PD operation, identified by
1426 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1427 *
1428 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1429 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1430 */
1431enum nl80211_commands {
1432/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1433 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1434
1435 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1436 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1437 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1438 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1439
1440 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1441 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1442 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1443 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1444
1445 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1446 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1447 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1448 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1449
1450 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1451 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1452 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1453 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1454 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1455 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1456
1457 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1458 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1459 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1460 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1461
1462 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1463 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1464 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1465 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1466
1467 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1468
1469 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1470 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1471
1472 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1473 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1474
1475 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1476
1477 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1478
1479 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1480 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1481 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1482 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1483
1484 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1485
1486 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1487 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1488 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1489 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1490
1491 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1492
1493 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1494
1495 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1496 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1497
1498 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1499
1500 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1501 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1502 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1503
1504 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1505
1506 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1507 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1508
1509 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1510 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1511 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1512
1513 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1514 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1515
1516 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1517
1518 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1519 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1520 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1521 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1522 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1523 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1524
1525 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1526 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1527
1528 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1529 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1530
1531 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1532 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1533
1534 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1535
1536 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1537 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1538
1539 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1540 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1541
1542 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1543
1544 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1545 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1546
1547 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1548 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1549 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1550 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1551
1552 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1553
1554 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1555
1556 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1557 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1558
1559 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1560
1561 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1562
1563 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1564
1565 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1566
1567 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1568
1569 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1570
1571 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1572 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1573
1574 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1575
1576 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1577
1578 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1579
1580 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1581
1582 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1583
1584 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1585 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1586
1587 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1588 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1589
1590 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1591 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1592
1593 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1594
1595 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1596
1597 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1598
1599 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1600 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1601
1602 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1603
1604 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1605 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1606
1607 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1608
1609 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1610 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1611
1612 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1613
1614 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1615
1616 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1617 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1618 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1619 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1620 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1621 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1622
1623 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1624
1625 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1626
1627 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1628 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1629
1630 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1631
1632 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1633
1634 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1635
1636 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1637
1638 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1639
1640 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
1641
1642 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START,
1643 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT,
1644 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE,
1645
1646 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR,
1647
1648 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO,
1649
1650 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK,
1651
1652 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG,
1653
1654 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON,
1655
1656 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1657
1658 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS,
1659
1660 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION,
1661
1662 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST,
1663
1664 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED,
1665 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED,
1666 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED,
1667
1668 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD,
1669
1670 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK,
1671
1672 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK,
1673 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK,
1674
1675 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA,
1676 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA,
1677 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA,
1678
1679 NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP,
1680
1681 NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED,
1682
1683 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING,
1684
1685 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_MLO_RECONF,
1686 NL80211_CMD_EPCS_CFG,
1687
1688 NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION,
1689 NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED,
1690
1691 NL80211_CMD_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_DETECT,
1692
1693 NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED,
1694
1695 NL80211_CMD_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_DONE,
1696
1697 NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED,
1698
1699 NL80211_CMD_NAN_ULW_UPDATE,
1700
1701 NL80211_CMD_NAN_CHANNEL_EVAC,
1702
1703 NL80211_CMD_START_PD,
1704 NL80211_CMD_STOP_PD,
1705
1706 /* add new commands above here */
1707
1708 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1709 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1710 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1711};
1712
1713/*
1714 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1715 * here
1716 */
1717#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1718#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1719#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1720#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1721#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1722#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1723#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1724#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1725
1726#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1727
1728/* source-level API compatibility */
1729#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1730#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1731#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1732
1733/**
1734 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1735 *
1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1737 *
1738 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1739 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1740 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1742 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1743 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1744 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1745 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1746 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1748 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1749 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1751 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1752 * operating channel center frequency.
1753 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1754 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1755 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1756 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1757 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1758 * this attribute)
1759 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1760 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1761 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1762 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1763 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1764 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1765 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1766 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1767 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1768 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1769 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1770 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1771 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1772 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1773 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1774 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1775 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1776 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1777 *
1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1779 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1780 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1781 *
1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1783 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1784 *
1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1786 *
1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1788 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1789 * keys
1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1791 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1792 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1793 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1794 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1796 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1797 * default management key
1798 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1799 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1801 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1802 *
1803 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1804 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1805 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1806 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1807 *
1808 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1809 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1810 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1811 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1812 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1813 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1814 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1815 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1816 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1817 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1818 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1819 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1820 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1821 *
1822 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1823 * consisting of a nested array.
1824 *
1825 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1827 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1828 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1829 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1830 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1831 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1832 *
1833 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1834 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1835 *
1836 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1837 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1838 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1839 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1840 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1841 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1842 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1843 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1844 * to a specific alpha2.
1845 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1846 * rules.
1847 *
1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1849 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1850 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1852 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1854 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1855 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1856 *
1857 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1858 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1859 *
1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1861 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1862 * of the interface mode.
1863 *
1864 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1865 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1866 *
1867 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1868 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1869 *
1870 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1871 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1872 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1873 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1874 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1875 * that can be added to a scan request
1876 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1877 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1878 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1879 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1880 *
1881 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1882 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1883 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1884 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1885 *
1886 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1887 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1888 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1889 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1890 *
1891 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1892 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1893 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1894 *
1895 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1896 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1897 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1898 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1900 * represented as a u32
1901 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1902 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1903 *
1904 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1905 * a u32
1906 *
1907 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1908 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1909 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1910 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1911 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1912 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1913 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1914 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1915 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1916 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1917 *
1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1919 * cipher suites
1920 *
1921 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1922 * for other networks on different channels
1923 *
1924 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1925 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1926 *
1927 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1928 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1929 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1930 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1931 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1932 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1933 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1934 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1935 *
1936 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1937 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1938 *
1939 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1940 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1941 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1942 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1943 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1944 * default in station mode.
1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1946 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1947 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1948 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1949 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1950 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1951 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1952 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1953 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1954 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1955 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1956 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1957 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1958 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1959 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1960 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1961 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1962 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1963 * frames are not forwarded over the control port.
1964 *
1965 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1966 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1967 *
1968 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1969 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1970 * a local disconnect request.
1971 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1972 * event (u16)
1973 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1974 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1975 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1976 *
1977 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1978 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1979 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1980 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1981 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1982 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1983 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1984 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1985 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1986 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1987 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1988 *
1989 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1990 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1991 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1992 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1993 *
1994 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1995 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1996 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1997 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1998 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1999 *
2000 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
2001 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
2002 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
2003 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
2004 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
2005 *
2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
2007 * @NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD: File descriptor of a network namespace.
2008 *
2009 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
2010 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
2011 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
2012 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
2013 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
2014 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
2015 * completely from scratch.
2016 *
2017 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
2018 *
2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
2020 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
2021 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
2022 *
2023 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
2024 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
2025 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
2026 *
2027 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
2029 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
2030 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
2031 *
2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
2033 *
2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
2035 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
2036 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
2037 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
2038 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
2039 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
2040 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
2041 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
2042 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
2043 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
2044 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
2045 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
2046 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE and
2047 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT.
2048 *
2049 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
2050 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
2051 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
2052 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
2053 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
2054 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
2055 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
2056 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
2058 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
2059 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
2060 *
2061 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
2062 * acknowledged by the recipient.
2063 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL: Station's ack signal strength (s32)
2064 *
2065 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
2066 *
2067 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
2068 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
2069 *
2070 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
2071 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
2072 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
2073 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
2074 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
2075 *
2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
2077 * connected to this BSS.
2078 *
2079 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
2080 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
2081 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
2082 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
2083 * for non-automatic settings.
2084 *
2085 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
2086 * means support for per-station GTKs.
2087 *
2088 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
2089 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
2090 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
2091 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
2092 *
2093 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
2094 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
2095 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
2096 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
2097 * a chain has diversity antennas whether diversity should be used or not.
2098 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
2099 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
2100 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive whether to use diversity or not.
2101 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
2102 * support by returning -EINVAL.
2103 *
2104 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
2105 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
2106 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
2107 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
2108 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
2109 *
2110 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
2111 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
2112 *
2113 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
2114 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
2115 *
2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
2117 *
2118 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
2119 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
2120 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
2121 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
2122 * nl80211 capability flag.
2123 *
2124 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
2125 *
2126 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
2127 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
2128 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
2129 *
2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
2131 * changed once the mesh is active.
2132 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
2133 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
2134 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
2135 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
2136 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
2137 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
2138 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
2139 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
2140 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
2141 *
2142 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
2143 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
2144 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
2145 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
2146 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
2147 * triggers.
2148 *
2149 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
2150 * cycles, in msecs.
2151 *
2152 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
2153 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
2154 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
2155 * pass-thru filter rules.
2156 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
2157 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
2158 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
2159 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
2160 * able to ignore them by itself.
2161 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
2162 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
2163 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
2164 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
2165 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
2166 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
2167 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
2168 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
2169 *
2170 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
2171 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
2172 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2173 * If the wiphy uses multiple radios (@NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS is set),
2174 * this attribute contains the interface combinations of the first radio.
2175 * See @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS for the global wiphy
2176 * combinations for the sum of all radios.
2177 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
2178 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
2179 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
2180 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
2181 *
2182 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
2183 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
2184 *
2185 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
2186 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
2187 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
2188 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
2189 *
2190 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
2191 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
2192 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
2193 *
2194 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
2195 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
2196 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
2197 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
2198 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
2199 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
2200 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
2201 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
2202 * (Re)Association Request frames.
2203 *
2204 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
2205 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
2206 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
2207 * as AP.
2208 *
2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
2210 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
2211 *
2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
2213 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
2214 *
2215 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
2216 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
2217 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
2218 * applications use this attribute.
2219 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
2220 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
2221 *
2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
2223 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
2224 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
2226 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
2227 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
2228 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
2229 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
2230 * as a TDLS peer sta.
2231 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
2232 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
2233 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2234 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
2235 *
2236 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
2237 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
2238 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
2239 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2240 *
2241 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
2242 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
2243 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
2244 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
2245 *
2246 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
2247 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
2248 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
2249 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
2250 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
2251 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
2252 *
2253 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
2254 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
2255 * to be filled by the FW.
2256 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
2257 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2258 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2259 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
2260 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2261 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2262 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
2263 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2264 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2265 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT: Force EHT capable interfaces to disable
2266 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2267 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2268 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2269 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2270 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2271 * The values that may be configured are:
2272 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2273 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2274 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2275 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
2276 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2277 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2278 * ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2279 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2280 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2281 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
2282 * the station debugfs vht_caps file.
2283 *
2284 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2285 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2286 * to one DFS region.
2287 *
2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2289 * up to 16 TIDs.
2290 *
2291 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2292 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2293 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2294 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2295 * capability to timeout the stations.
2296 *
2297 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2298 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2299 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2300 *
2301 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2302 * or 0 to disable background scan.
2303 *
2304 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2305 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2306 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2307 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2308 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2309 *
2310 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2311 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2312 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2313 *
2314 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2315 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2316 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2317 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2318 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2319 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2320 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2321 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2322 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2323 * consistent.
2324 *
2325 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2326 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2327 *
2328 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2329 *
2330 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2331 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2332 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2333 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2334 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2335 * no change is made.
2336 *
2337 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2338 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2339 *
2340 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2341 * carried in a u32 attribute
2342 *
2343 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2344 * MAC ACL.
2345 *
2346 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2347 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2348 * ACL.
2349 *
2350 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2351 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2352 *
2353 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2354 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2355 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2356 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2357 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2358 *
2359 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2360 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2361 *
2362 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2363 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2364 * and PU-APSD.
2365 *
2366 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2367 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2368 *
2369 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2370 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2371 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
2372 *
2373 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2374 *
2375 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2376 * Element
2377 *
2378 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2379 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2380 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2381 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2382 *
2383 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2384 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2385 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2386 * update a TDLS peer STA entry. For S1G interfaces, this is limited to
2387 * 1600 for the current mac80211 implementation.
2388 *
2389 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2390 *
2391 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2392 * until the channel switch event.
2393 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2394 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2395 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2396 * was requested by the AP.
2397 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2398 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
2399 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2400 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2401 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2402 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2403 *
2404 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2405 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2406 *
2407 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2408 *
2409 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2410 * operating classes.
2411 *
2412 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2413 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2414 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2415 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2416 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2417 * IBSS network.
2418 *
2419 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2420 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2421 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2422 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2423 *
2424 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2425 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2426 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2427 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2428 * u8 attribute.
2429 *
2430 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2431 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2432 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2433 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2434 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2435 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2436 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2437 *
2438 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2439 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2440 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2441 *
2442 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2443 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2444 *
2445 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2446 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2447 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2448 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2449 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2450 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2451 *
2452 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2453 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2454 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2455 * supported number of csa counters.
2456 *
2457 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2458 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2459 *
2460 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2461 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2462 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2463 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2464 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2465 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2466 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2467 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2468 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2469 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2470 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2471 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2472 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2473 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2474 * multicast group.
2475 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2476 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2477 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2478 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2479 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2480 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2481 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2482 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2483 *
2484 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2485 * the TDLS link initiator.
2486 *
2487 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2488 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2489 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2490 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2491 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2492 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2493 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2494 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2495 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2496 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2497 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2498 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2499 *
2500 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2501 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2502 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2503 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2504 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2505 *
2506 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2507 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2508 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2509 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2510 *
2511 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2512 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2513 *
2514 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2515 *
2516 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2517 *
2518 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2519 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2520 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2521 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2522 *
2523 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2524 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2525 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2526 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2527 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2528 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2529 *
2530 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2531 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2532 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2533 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2534 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2535 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2536 * over all channels.
2537 *
2538 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2539 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2540 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2541 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2542 *
2543 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2544 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2545 *
2546 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2547 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2548 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2549 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2550 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2551 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2552 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2553 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2554 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2555 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2556 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2557 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2558 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2559 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2560 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2561 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2562 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2563 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2564 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2565 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2566 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2567 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2568 *
2569 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2570 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2571 *
2572 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2573 *
2574 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2575 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2576 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and
2577 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO,
2578 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are
2579 * present.
2580 *
2581 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2582 * groupID for monitor mode.
2583 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2584 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2585 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2586 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2587 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2588 * each group.
2589 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2590 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2591 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2592 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2593 * groupID data.
2594 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2595 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2596 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2597 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2598 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2599 *
2600 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2601 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2602 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2603 * attribute must not be included).
2604 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2605 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2606 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2607 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2608 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2609 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2610 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2611 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2612 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2613 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2614 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2615 *
2616 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2617 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2618 *
2619 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2620 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2621 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2622 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2623 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2624 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2625 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2626 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2627 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2628 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2629 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2630 * the device will decide what to use.
2631 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2632 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2633 * attribute.
2634 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2635 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2636 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2637 * protection.
2638 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2639 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2640 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2641 *
2642 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2643 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2644 *
2645 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2646 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2647 *
2648 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2649 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2650 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2651 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2652 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2653 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2654 * unnecessary wakeups.
2655 *
2656 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2657 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2658 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2659 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2660 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2661 *
2662 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2663 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2664 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2665 *
2666 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2667 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2668 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2669 *
2670 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2671 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2672 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2673 *
2674 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2675 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2676 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2677 *
2678 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2679 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2680 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2681 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2682 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2683 *
2684 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertised by a FILS AP
2685 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2686 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2687 *
2688 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2689 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2690 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2691 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2692 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2693 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2694 * is included as well.
2695 *
2696 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2697 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2698 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2699 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2700 *
2701 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2702 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2703 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2704 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2705 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2706 *
2707 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2708 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2709 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2710 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2711 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2712 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2713 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2714 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2715 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
2716 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
2717 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
2718 *
2719 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2720 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2721 *
2722 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2723 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2724 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2725 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2726 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2727 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2728 * enforced.
2729 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2730 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2731 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2732 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2733 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set (except for NAN, which uses WME
2734 * anyway).
2735 *
2736 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2737 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2738 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2739 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2740 *
2741 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2742 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2743 *
2744 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2745 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2746 * invalid value.
2747 *
2748 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2749 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2750 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2751 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2752 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2753 *
2754 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2755 * scheduler.
2756 *
2757 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2758 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2759 * possible values.
2760 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2761 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2762 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2763 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2764 * or per-station.
2765 *
2766 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2767 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2768 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2769 *
2770 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2771 *
2772 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2773 * functionality.
2774 *
2775 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2776 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2777 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2778 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2779 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2780 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2781 *
2782 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2783 * (u16).
2784 *
2785 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2786 *
2787 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2788 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2789 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2790 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2791 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2792 * advertised for a specific interface type.
2793 *
2794 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2795 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2796 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2797 * attributes.
2798 *
2799 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2800 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2801 *
2802 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2803 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2804 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2805 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2806 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2807 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2808 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2809 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2810 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2811 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2812 *
2813 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2814 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2815 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2816 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2817 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2818 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2819 * has expired.
2820 *
2821 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2822 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2823 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2824 * disassociation is still forced.
2825 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2826 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2827 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2828 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2829 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2830 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2831 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2832 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2833 *
2834 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2835 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2836 *
2837 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2838 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2839 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
2840 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
2841 *
2842 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2843 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2844 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
2845 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
2846 *
2847 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2848 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2849 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2850 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2851 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2852 *
2853 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2854 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2855 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2856 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2857 *
2858 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2859 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2860 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2861 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2862 *
2863 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2864 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2865 * is desired.
2866 *
2867 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2868 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2869 *
2870 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2871 * until the color switch event.
2872 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2873 * switching to
2874 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2875 * information for the time while performing a color switch.
2876 *
2877 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
2878 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
2879 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
2880 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
2881 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
2882 * parameters.
2883 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
2884 *
2885 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
2886 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
2887 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
2888 *
2889 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
2890 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
2891 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
2892 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
2893 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
2894 * radar channel.
2895 *
2896 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
2897 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
2898 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
2899 *
2900 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
2901 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2902 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2903 *
2904 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with
2905 * various commands that need a link ID to operate.
2906 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some
2907 * per-link information and a link ID.
2908 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as
2909 * authenticate/associate.
2910 *
2911 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO
2912 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not
2913 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection.
2914 *
2915 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of
2916 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
2917 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this
2918 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM
2919 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum
2920 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute.
2921 *
2922 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16)
2923 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16)
2924 *
2925 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in
2926 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2927 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2928 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX
2929 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2930 * the ack TX timestamp.
2931 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in
2932 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2933 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2934 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX
2935 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2936 * the incoming frame RX timestamp.
2937 * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent
2938 * (re)associations.
2939 *
2940 * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest
2941 * bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1
2942 * indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are
2943 * reserved.
2944 *
2945 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW
2946 * timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute.
2947 * A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying
2948 * an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported.
2949 * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should
2950 * be enabled or not (flag attribute).
2951 *
2952 * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for
2953 * reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used
2954 * only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled.
2955 * Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple
2956 * elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting
2957 * profiles already included in the MBSSID element
2958 * (%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon
2959 * will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same
2960 * index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of
2961 * MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon.
2962 *
2963 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED: Unused. It was used to indicate that a link
2964 * is disabled during association. However, the AP will send the
2965 * information by including a TTLM in the association response.
2966 *
2967 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA: Include BSS usage data, i.e.
2968 * include BSSes that can only be used in restricted scenarios and/or
2969 * cannot be used at all.
2970 *
2971 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK: Binary attribute specifying the downlink TID to
2972 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link
2973 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element)
2974 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
2975 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK: Binary attribute specifying the uplink TID to
2976 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link
2977 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element)
2978 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
2979 *
2980 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU: flag attribute used with
2981 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE indicating the SPP A-MSDUs
2982 * are used on this connection
2983 *
2984 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS: Nested attribute describing physical radios
2985 * belonging to this wiphy. See &enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs.
2986 *
2987 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the
2988 * supported interface combinations for all radios combined. In each
2989 * nested item, it contains attributes defined in
2990 * &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2991 *
2992 * @NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK: Bitmask of allowed radios (u32).
2993 * A value of 0 means all radios.
2994 *
2995 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_SELECTORS: supported BSS Membership Selectors, array
2996 * of supported selectors as defined by IEEE Std 802.11-2020 9.4.2.3 but
2997 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_SELECTORS).
2998 * This can be used to provide a list of selectors that are implemented
2999 * by the supplicant. If not given, support for SAE_H2E is assumed.
3000 *
3001 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_RECONF_REM_LINKS: (u16) A bitmask of the links requested
3002 * to be removed from the MLO association.
3003 *
3004 * @NL80211_ATTR_EPCS: Flag attribute indicating that EPCS is enabled for a
3005 * station interface.
3006 *
3007 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: Extended MLD capabilities and operations.
3008 * For association and link reconfiguration, indicates extra capabilities
3009 * that userspace implements, currently only "BTM MLD Recommendation For
3010 * Multiple APs Support".
3011 * For wiphy information, additional flags that drivers will set, but
3012 * this is informational only for userspace (it's not expected to set
3013 * these.)
3014 *
3015 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIO_INDEX: (int) Integer attribute denoting the index
3016 * of the radio in interest. Internally a value of -1 is used to
3017 * indicate that the radio id is not given in user-space. This means
3018 * that all the attributes are applicable to all the radios. If there is
3019 * a radio index provided in user-space, the attributes will be
3020 * applicable to that specific radio only. If the radio id is greater
3021 * thank the number of radios, error denoting invalid value is returned.
3022 *
3023 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD: (u8) Integer attribute that represents
3024 * the number of beacon intervals between each long beacon transmission
3025 * for an S1G BSS with short beaconing enabled. This is a required
3026 * attribute for initialising an S1G short beaconing BSS. When updating
3027 * the short beacon data, this is not required. It has a minimum value of
3028 * 2 (i.e 2 beacon intervals).
3029 *
3030 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_SHORT_BEACON: Nested attribute containing the short beacon
3031 * head and tail used to set or update the short beacon templates. When
3032 * bringing up a new interface, %NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD is
3033 * required alongside this attribute. Refer to
3034 * @enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs for the attribute definitions.
3035 *
3036 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_PARAM: nested attribute used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY
3037 * which indicates which BSS parameters can be modified. The attribute can
3038 * also be used as flag attribute by user-space in %NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS to
3039 * indicate that it wants strict checking on the BSS parameters to be
3040 * modified.
3041 *
3042 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG: Nested attribute for
3043 * extended NAN cluster configuration. This is used with
3044 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG.
3045 * See &enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes for details.
3046 * This attribute is optional.
3047 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NEW_CLUSTER: Flag attribute indicating that a new
3048 * NAN cluster has been created. This is used with
3049 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_CLUSTER_JOINED
3050 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CAPABILITIES: Nested attribute for NAN capabilities.
3051 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY to indicate the NAN
3052 * capabilities supported by the driver. See &enum nl80211_nan_capabilities
3053 * for details.
3054 *
3055 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_PRIMARY_2MHZ: flag attribute indicating that the S1G
3056 * primary channel is 2 MHz wide, and the control channel designates
3057 * the 1 MHz primary subchannel within that 2 MHz primary.
3058 *
3059 * @NL80211_ATTR_EPP_PEER: A flag attribute to indicate if the peer is an EPP
3060 * STA. Used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STA and %NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA
3061 *
3062 * @NL80211_ATTR_UHR_CAPABILITY: UHR Capability information element (from
3063 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
3064 * only if HE/EHT are also available.
3065 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_UHR: Force UHR capable interfaces to disable
3066 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
3067 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
3068 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL: This is a nested attribute. There can be multiple
3069 * attributes of this type, each one represents a channel definition and
3070 * consists of top-level attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ.
3071 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED, it specifies
3072 * the channel definitions on which the radio needs to operate during
3073 * specific time slots. All of the channel definitions should be mutually
3074 * incompatible. With this command, %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL_ENTRY and
3075 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_RX_NSS are mandatory.
3076 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED, it configures the
3077 * peer NAN channels. In that case, the channel definitions can be
3078 * compatible to each other, or even identical just with different RX NSS.
3079 * With this command, %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL_ENTRY and
3080 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_RX_NSS are mandatory.
3081 * The number of channels should fit the current configuration of channels
3082 * and the possible interface combinations.
3083 * If an existing NAN channel is changed but the chandef isn't, the
3084 * channel entry must also remain unchanged.
3085 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_NAN_CHANNEL_EVAC, this identifies the
3086 * channels that were evacuated.
3087 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL_ENTRY: a byte array of 6 bytes. contains the
3088 * Channel Entry as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0 specification Table
3089 * 100 (Channel Entry format for the NAN Availability attribute).
3090 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_RX_NSS: (u8) RX NSS used for a NAN channel. This is
3091 * used with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL when configuring NAN channels with
3092 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED or %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED.
3093 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_TIME_SLOTS: an array of u8 values and 32 cells. each value
3094 * maps a time slot to the chandef on which the radio should operate on in
3095 * that time. %NL80211_NAN_SCHED_NOT_AVAIL_SLOT indicates unscheduled.
3096 * The chandef is represented using its index, where the index is the
3097 * sequential number of the %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL attribute within all
3098 * the attributes of this type.
3099 * Each slots spans over 16TUs, hence the entire schedule spans over
3100 * 512TUs. Other slot durations and periods are currently not supported.
3101 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_AVAIL_BLOB: (Binary) The NAN Availability attribute blob,
3102 * including the attribute header, as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0
3103 * specification Table 93 (NAN Availability attribute format). Required with
3104 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED to provide the raw NAN Availability
3105 * attribute. Used by the device to publish Schedule Update NAFs.
3106 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED: Flag attribute used with
3107 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_LOCAL_SCHED. When present, the command is a
3108 * request from the device to perform an announced schedule update. This
3109 * means that it needs to send the updated NAN availability to the peers,
3110 * and do the actual switch on the right time (i.e. at the end of the slot
3111 * after the slot in which the updated NAN Availability was sent). Since
3112 * the slots management is done in the device, the update to the peers
3113 * needs to be sent by the device, so it knows the actual switch time.
3114 * If the flag is not set, the schedule should be applied immediately.
3115 * When this flag is set, the total number of NAN channels from both the
3116 * old and new schedules must not exceed the allowed number of local NAN
3117 * channels, because with deferred scheduling the old channels cannot be
3118 * removed before adding the new ones to free up space.
3119 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_SUCCESS: flag attribute used with
3120 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_DONE to indicate that the deferred
3121 * schedule update completed successfully. If this flag is not present,
3122 * the update failed.
3123 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NMI_MAC: The address of the NMI station to which this NDI
3124 * station belongs. Used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION when adding an NDI
3125 * station.
3126 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_ULW: (Binary) The initial ULW(s) as published by the
3127 * peer, as defined in the Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0 specification Table 109
3128 * (Unaligned Schedule attribute format). Used to configure the device
3129 * with the initial ULW(s) of a peer, before the device starts tracking it.
3130 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_COMMITTED_DW: (u16) The committed DW as published by the
3131 * peer, as defined in the Wi-Fi Aware (TM) 4.0 specification Table 80
3132 * (Committed DW Information field format).
3133 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SEQ_ID: (u8) The sequence ID of the peer schedule that
3134 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED defines. The device follows the
3135 * sequence ID in the frames to identify newer schedules. Once a schedule
3136 * with a higher sequence ID is received, the device may stop communicating
3137 * with that peer until a new peer schedule with a matching sequence ID is
3138 * received.
3139 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MAX_CHAN_SWITCH_TIME: (u16) The maximum channel switch
3140 * time, in microseconds.
3141 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_PEER_MAPS: Nested array of peer schedule maps.
3142 * Used with %NL80211_CMD_NAN_SET_PEER_SCHED. Contains up to 2 entries,
3143 * each containing nested attributes from &enum nl80211_nan_peer_map_attrs.
3144 *
3145 * @NL80211_ATTR_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_INTERFERENCE_BITMAP: u32 attribute specifying
3146 * the signal interference bitmap detected on the operating bandwidth for
3147 * %NL80211_CMD_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_DETECT. Each bit represents a 20 MHz
3148 * segment, lowest bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz segment, in the
3149 * operating bandwidth where the interference is detected. Punctured
3150 * sub-channels are included in the bitmap structure; however, since
3151 * interference detection is not performed on these sub-channels, their
3152 * corresponding bits are consistently set to zero.
3153 *
3154 * @NL80211_ATTR_UHR_OPERATION: Full UHR Operation element, as it appears in
3155 * association response etc., since it's abridged in the beacon. Used
3156 * for START_AP etc.
3157 *
3158 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_ENCRYPTED: Flag attribute, used only with the
3159 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event in SME-in-driver mode. The driver should
3160 * set this flag to indicate that both the (Re)Association Request frame
3161 * and the corresponding (Re)Association Response frame are transmitted
3162 * encrypted over the air. Enhanced Privacy Protection (EPP), as defined
3163 * in IEEE P802.11bi/D4.0, mandates this encryption.
3164 *
3165 * @NL80211_ATTR_NPCA_PRIMARY_FREQ: NPCA primary channel (u32)
3166 * @NL80211_ATTR_NPCA_PUNCT_BITMAP: NPCA puncturing bitmap (u32)
3167 *
3168 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
3169 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
3170 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3171 */
3172enum nl80211_attrs {
3173/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
3174 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
3175
3176 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
3177 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
3178
3179 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
3180 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
3181 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
3182
3183 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
3184
3185 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
3186 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
3187 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
3188 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
3189 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
3190
3191 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
3192 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
3193 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
3194 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
3195
3196 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
3197 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
3198 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
3199 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
3200 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
3201 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
3202
3203 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
3204
3205 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
3206
3207 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
3208 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
3209 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
3210 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
3211
3212 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
3213 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3214 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
3215
3216 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
3217
3218 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
3219
3220 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
3221 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
3222
3223 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
3224
3225 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
3226
3227 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
3228 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
3229 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
3230
3231 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
3232
3233 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
3234 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
3235
3236 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
3237
3238 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
3239 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
3240 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
3241 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
3242
3243 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
3244 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
3245
3246 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
3247
3248 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
3249 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
3250 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
3251 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
3252
3253 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
3254
3255 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
3256 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
3257
3258 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
3259 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
3260
3261 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
3262
3263
3264 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
3265 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
3266 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
3267 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
3268
3269 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
3270
3271 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
3272
3273 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
3274
3275 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
3276
3277 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
3278
3279 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
3280
3281 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
3282 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
3283
3284 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
3285 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
3286 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
3287 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
3288
3289 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
3290 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
3291
3292 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
3293
3294 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
3295 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
3296
3297 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
3298
3299 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
3300
3301 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
3302
3303 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
3304 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
3305
3306 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
3307
3308 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
3309
3310 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
3311
3312 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
3313
3314 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
3315
3316 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
3317
3318 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
3319
3320 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
3321
3322 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
3323
3324 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
3325
3326 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3327 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
3328
3329 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
3330 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
3331 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
3332
3333 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
3334 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
3335
3336 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
3337
3338 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
3339 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
3340
3341 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
3342
3343 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
3344
3345 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
3346
3347 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
3348
3349 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
3350
3351 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
3352
3353 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
3354 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
3355
3356 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
3357 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
3358
3359 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
3360 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
3361
3362 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
3363
3364 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
3365 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
3366
3367 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
3368
3369 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
3370 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
3371
3372 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
3373
3374 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
3375
3376 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
3377 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
3378
3379 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
3380 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
3381
3382 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
3383
3384 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
3385 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
3386
3387 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
3388
3389 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
3390
3391 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
3392 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
3393 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
3394 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
3395 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
3396
3397 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
3398
3399 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
3400
3401 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
3402
3403 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
3404
3405 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
3406
3407 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
3408
3409 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
3410 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3411
3412 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
3413
3414 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
3415
3416 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
3417
3418 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
3419
3420 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
3421
3422 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
3423
3424 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
3425
3426 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
3427
3428 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
3429
3430 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
3431
3432 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
3433 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
3434 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
3435
3436 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
3437 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
3438
3439 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
3440
3441 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
3442
3443 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
3444
3445 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
3446
3447 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
3448
3449 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
3450 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
3451
3452 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
3453 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
3454
3455 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
3456 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
3457
3458 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
3459 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3460
3461 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
3462 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
3463
3464 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
3465 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
3466
3467 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
3468
3469 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
3470
3471 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
3472 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
3473 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
3474 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON,
3475 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP,
3476
3477 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
3478
3479 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
3480
3481 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
3482
3483 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
3484
3485 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
3486 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
3487
3488 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
3489
3490 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
3491 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
3492 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
3493 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
3494
3495 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
3496
3497 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
3498 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
3499
3500 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
3501
3502 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
3503
3504 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
3505
3506 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
3507 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
3508
3509 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
3510
3511 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
3512
3513 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
3514
3515 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
3516 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
3517 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
3518
3519 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
3520
3521 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
3522
3523 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
3524
3525 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
3526
3527 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
3528
3529 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
3530
3531 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
3532
3533 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
3534
3535 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
3536
3537 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3538 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
3539 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
3540 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
3541
3542 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
3543
3544 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
3545
3546 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
3547
3548 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
3549
3550 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
3551
3552 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
3553 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
3554
3555 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
3556 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
3557 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
3558 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
3559
3560 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
3561
3562 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
3563 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
3564 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
3565 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
3566
3567 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
3568 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
3569
3570 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
3571
3572 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
3573
3574 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3575 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
3576
3577 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
3578
3579 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
3580 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
3581 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
3582 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
3583 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
3584
3585 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
3586
3587 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
3588 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
3589
3590 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
3591 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
3592 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
3593
3594 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
3595 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
3596
3597 NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
3598 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
3599
3600 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
3601
3602 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
3603 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
3604 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
3605 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
3606
3607 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY,
3608
3609 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER,
3610
3611 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS,
3612
3613 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT,
3614
3615 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS,
3616
3617 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
3618 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING,
3619 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER,
3620
3621 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD,
3622
3623 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER,
3624
3625 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD,
3626
3627 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS,
3628 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
3629
3630 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID,
3631
3632 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR,
3633
3634 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES,
3635
3636 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG,
3637
3638 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
3639
3640 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME,
3641 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD,
3642
3643 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST,
3644 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET,
3645 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET,
3646 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
3647
3648 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY,
3649
3650 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY,
3651
3652 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
3653
3654 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY,
3655 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK,
3656
3657 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE,
3658
3659 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED,
3660
3661 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC,
3662
3663 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE,
3664
3665 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
3666
3667 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT,
3668 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR,
3669 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS,
3670
3671 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG,
3672 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
3673
3674 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
3675
3676 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS,
3677
3678 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY,
3679
3680 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT,
3681
3682 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS,
3683 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID,
3684 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR,
3685
3686 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT,
3687
3688 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES,
3689
3690 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY,
3691 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS,
3692
3693 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3694 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP,
3695 NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP,
3696
3697 NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP,
3698
3699 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS,
3700 NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED,
3701
3702 NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS,
3703
3704 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED,
3705
3706 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA,
3707
3708 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK,
3709 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK,
3710
3711 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU,
3712
3713 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS,
3714 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
3715
3716 NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK,
3717
3718 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_SELECTORS,
3719
3720 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_RECONF_REM_LINKS,
3721 NL80211_ATTR_EPCS,
3722
3723 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS,
3724
3725 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIO_INDEX,
3726
3727 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_LONG_BEACON_PERIOD,
3728 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_SHORT_BEACON,
3729 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_PARAM,
3730 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG,
3731 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NEW_CLUSTER,
3732 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CAPABILITIES,
3733
3734 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_PRIMARY_2MHZ,
3735
3736 NL80211_ATTR_EPP_PEER,
3737
3738 NL80211_ATTR_UHR_CAPABILITY,
3739 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_UHR,
3740
3741 NL80211_ATTR_INCUMBENT_SIGNAL_INTERFERENCE_BITMAP,
3742
3743 NL80211_ATTR_UHR_OPERATION,
3744
3745 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL,
3746 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL_ENTRY,
3747 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_TIME_SLOTS,
3748 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_RX_NSS,
3749 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_AVAIL_BLOB,
3750 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_DEFERRED,
3751 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SCHED_UPDATE_SUCCESS,
3752
3753 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_NMI_MAC,
3754
3755 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_ULW,
3756 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_COMMITTED_DW,
3757 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_SEQ_ID,
3758 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MAX_CHAN_SWITCH_TIME,
3759 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_PEER_MAPS,
3760
3761 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_ENCRYPTED,
3762
3763 NL80211_ATTR_NPCA_PRIMARY_FREQ,
3764 NL80211_ATTR_NPCA_PUNCT_BITMAP,
3765
3766 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3767
3768 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3769 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3770 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3771};
3772
3773/* source-level API compatibility */
3774#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3775#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3776#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3777#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3778#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3779#define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3780#define NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_MLD_EXT_CAPA_OPS NL80211_ATTR_EXT_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS
3781
3782/*
3783 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3784 * here
3785 */
3786#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3787#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3788#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3789#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3790#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3791#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3792#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3793#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3794#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3795#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3796#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3797#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3798#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3799#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3800#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3801#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3802#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3803#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3804#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3805#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3806#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3807
3808#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
3809
3810#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
3811#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_SELECTORS 128
3812#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
3813#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
3814#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
3815#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
3816#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
3817#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
3818#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
3819#define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
3820#define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
3821#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
3822
3823/*
3824 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
3825 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response.
3826 */
3827#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
3828#define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13
3829#define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51
3830
3831#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
3832
3833/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3834#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
3835
3836#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
3837
3838/**
3839 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3840 *
3841 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3842 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3843 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3844 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3845 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3846 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3847 * AP type interface.
3848 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3849 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3850 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3851 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3852 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3853 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3854 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3855 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3856 * commands to create and destroy one
3857 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3858 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3859 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3860 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN_DATA: NAN data interface type (netdev); NAN data
3861 * interfaces can only be brought up (IFF_UP) when a NAN interface
3862 * already exists and NAN has been started (using %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN).
3863 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_PD: PD device interface type (not a netdev)
3864 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3865 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3866 *
3867 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3868 * to set the type of an interface.
3869 *
3870 */
3871enum nl80211_iftype {
3872 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
3873 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
3874 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
3875 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
3876 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
3877 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
3878 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
3879 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
3880 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
3881 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
3882 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
3883 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
3884 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
3885 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN_DATA,
3886 NL80211_IFTYPE_PD,
3887
3888 /* keep last */
3889 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
3890 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
3891};
3892
3893/**
3894 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3895 *
3896 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3897 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3898 *
3899 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3900 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3901 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3902 * with short barker preamble
3903 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3904 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3905 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3906 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3907 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3908 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3909 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3910 * as errors.)
3911 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3912 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3913 * previously added station into associated state
3914 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU: station supports SPP A-MSDUs
3915 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3916 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3917 */
3918enum nl80211_sta_flags {
3919 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
3920 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
3921 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
3922 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
3923 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
3924 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
3925 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
3926 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
3927 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU,
3928
3929 /* keep last */
3930 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3931 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3932};
3933
3934/**
3935 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3936 *
3937 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3938 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3939 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3940 */
3941enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
3942 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
3943 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
3944
3945 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
3946};
3947
3948#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3949
3950/**
3951 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3952 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3953 * @set: which values to set them to
3954 *
3955 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3956 */
3957struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
3958 __u32 mask;
3959 __u32 set;
3960} __attribute__((packed));
3961
3962/**
3963 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3964 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3965 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3966 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3967 */
3968enum nl80211_he_gi {
3969 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8,
3970 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6,
3971 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2,
3972};
3973
3974/**
3975 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3976 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF: 3.2 usec
3977 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF: 6.4 usec
3978 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF: 12.8 usec
3979 */
3980enum nl80211_he_ltf {
3981 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF,
3982 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF,
3983 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF,
3984};
3985
3986/**
3987 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3988 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3989 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3990 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3991 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3992 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3993 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3994 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3995 */
3996enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc {
3997 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26,
3998 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52,
3999 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106,
4000 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242,
4001 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484,
4002 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996,
4003 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
4004};
4005
4006/**
4007 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
4008 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
4009 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
4010 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
4011 */
4012enum nl80211_eht_gi {
4013 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8,
4014 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6,
4015 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2,
4016};
4017
4018/**
4019 * enum nl80211_eht_ltf - EHT long training field
4020 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_1XLTF: 3.2 usec
4021 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_2XLTF: 6.4 usec
4022 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_4XLTF: 12.8 usec
4023 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_6XLTF: 19.2 usec
4024 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_8XLTF: 25.6 usec
4025 */
4026enum nl80211_eht_ltf {
4027 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_1XLTF,
4028 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_2XLTF,
4029 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_4XLTF,
4030 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_6XLTF,
4031 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_8XLTF,
4032};
4033
4034/**
4035 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
4036 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
4037 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
4038 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
4039 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
4040 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
4041 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
4042 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
4043 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
4044 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
4045 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
4046 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
4047 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
4048 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
4049 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
4050 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
4051 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
4052 */
4053enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc {
4054 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26,
4055 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52,
4056 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26,
4057 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106,
4058 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26,
4059 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242,
4060 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484,
4061 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242,
4062 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996,
4063 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484,
4064 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242,
4065 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996,
4066 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484,
4067 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996,
4068 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484,
4069 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996,
4070};
4071
4072/**
4073 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
4074 *
4075 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
4076 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
4077 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
4078 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
4079 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
4080 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
4081 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
4082 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
4083 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
4084 *
4085 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4086 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
4087 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
4088 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
4089 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
4090 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
4091 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
4092 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
4093 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
4094 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
4095 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
4096 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
4097 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
4098 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
4099 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
4100 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
4101 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
4102 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
4103 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
4104 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
4105 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
4106 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
4107 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
4108 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
4109 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
4110 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
4111 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
4112 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
4113 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
4114 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
4115 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
4116 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
4117 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
4118 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS: S1G MCS index (u8, 0-10)
4119 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS: S1G NSS value (u8, 1-4)
4120 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH: 1 MHz S1G rate
4121 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH: 2 MHz S1G rate
4122 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH: 4 MHz S1G rate
4123 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH: 8 MHz S1G rate
4124 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH: 16 MHz S1G rate
4125 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_MCS: UHR MCS index (u8, 0-15, 17, 19, 20, 23)
4126 * Note that the other EHT attributes (such as @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS)
4127 * are used in conjunction with this where applicable
4128 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_ELR: UHR ELR flag, which restricts NSS to 1,
4129 * MCS to 0 or 1, and GI to %NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6.
4130 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_IM: UHR Interference Mitigation flag
4131 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4132 */
4133enum nl80211_rate_info {
4134 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
4135 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
4136 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
4137 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
4138 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
4139 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
4140 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
4141 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
4142 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
4143 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
4144 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
4145 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
4146 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
4147 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS,
4148 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS,
4149 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI,
4150 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM,
4151 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC,
4152 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH,
4153 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS,
4154 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS,
4155 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI,
4156 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC,
4157 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS,
4158 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS,
4159 NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH,
4160 NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH,
4161 NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH,
4162 NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH,
4163 NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH,
4164 NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_MCS,
4165 NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_ELR,
4166 NL80211_RATE_INFO_UHR_IM,
4167
4168 /* keep last */
4169 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4170 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4171};
4172
4173/**
4174 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
4175 *
4176 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
4177 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
4178 *
4179 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4180 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
4181 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
4182 * (flag)
4183 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
4184 * (flag)
4185 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
4186 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
4187 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
4188 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4189 */
4190enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
4191 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
4192 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
4193 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
4194 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
4195 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
4196 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4197
4198 /* keep last */
4199 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
4200 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4201};
4202
4203/**
4204 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
4205 *
4206 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
4207 * when getting information about a station.
4208 *
4209 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4210 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
4211 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
4212 * (u32, from this station)
4213 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
4214 * (u32, to this station)
4215 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
4216 * (u64, from this station)
4217 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
4218 * (u64, to this station)
4219 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
4220 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
4221 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
4222 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
4223 * (u32, from this station)
4224 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
4225 * (u32, to this station)
4226 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
4227 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
4228 * (u32, to this station)
4229 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
4230 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
4231 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
4232 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
4233 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
4234 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
4235 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
4236 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
4237 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
4238 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
4239 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
4240 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
4241 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
4242 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
4243 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
4244 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
4245 * non-peer STA
4246 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
4247 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
4248 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
4249 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
4250 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also
4251 * the 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
4252 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
4253 * (u64)
4254 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
4255 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
4256 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
4257 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
4258 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
4259 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
4260 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
4261 * attributes carrying the actual values.
4262 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
4263 * received from the station (u64, usec)
4264 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4265 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
4266 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
4267 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
4268 * (u32, from this station)
4269 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
4270 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
4271 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
4272 * might not be fully accurate.
4273 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
4274 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
4275 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
4276 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
4277 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
4278 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
4279 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
4280 * of STA's association
4281 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
4282 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
4283 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
4284 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
4285 */
4286enum nl80211_sta_info {
4287 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
4288 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
4289 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
4290 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
4291 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
4292 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
4293 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
4294 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
4295 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
4296 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
4297 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
4298 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
4299 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
4300 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
4301 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
4302 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
4303 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
4304 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
4305 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
4306 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
4307 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
4308 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
4309 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
4310 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
4311 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
4312 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4313 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
4314 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
4315 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
4316 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
4317 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
4318 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
4319 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
4320 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
4321 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
4322 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
4323 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS,
4324 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT,
4325 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
4326 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION,
4327 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT,
4328 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC,
4329 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME,
4330 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
4331
4332 /* keep last */
4333 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4334 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4335};
4336
4337/* we renamed this - stay compatible */
4338#define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
4339
4340
4341/**
4342 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
4343 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4344 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
4345 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
4346 * attempted to transmit; u64)
4347 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
4348 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
4349 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
4350 * MSDUs (u64)
4351 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4352 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
4353 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
4354 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
4355 */
4356enum nl80211_tid_stats {
4357 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
4358 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
4359 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
4360 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
4361 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
4362 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
4363 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
4364
4365 /* keep last */
4366 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
4367 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
4368};
4369
4370/**
4371 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
4372 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4373 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
4374 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
4375 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
4376 * backlogged
4377 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
4378 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
4379 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
4380 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
4381 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
4382 * (only for per-phy stats)
4383 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
4384 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
4385 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
4386 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
4387 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
4388 */
4389enum nl80211_txq_stats {
4390 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
4391 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
4392 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
4393 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
4394 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
4395 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
4396 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
4397 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
4398 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
4399 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
4400 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
4401 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
4402
4403 /* keep last */
4404 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
4405 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
4406};
4407
4408/**
4409 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
4410 *
4411 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
4412 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
4413 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
4414 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
4415 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
4416 */
4417enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
4418 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
4419 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
4420 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
4421 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
4422 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
4423};
4424
4425/**
4426 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
4427 *
4428 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
4429 * information about a mesh path.
4430 *
4431 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4432 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
4433 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
4434 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
4435 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
4436 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
4437 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
4438 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
4439 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
4440 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
4441 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
4442 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
4443 * currently defined
4444 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4445 */
4446enum nl80211_mpath_info {
4447 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
4448 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
4449 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
4450 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
4451 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
4452 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
4453 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
4454 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
4455 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT,
4456 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE,
4457
4458 /* keep last */
4459 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
4460 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
4461};
4462
4463/**
4464 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
4465 *
4466 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4467 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
4468 * for each interface type that supports the band data
4469 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
4470 * capabilities IE
4471 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
4472 * capabilities IE
4473 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
4474 * capabilities IE
4475 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
4476 * defined in HE capabilities IE
4477 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
4478 * given for all 6 GHz band channels
4479 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
4480 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
4481 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
4482 * capabilities element
4483 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
4484 * capabilities element
4485 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
4486 * capabilities element
4487 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
4488 * defined in EHT capabilities element
4489 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_MAC: UHR MAC capabilities as in UHR
4490 * capabilities element
4491 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_PHY: UHR PHY capabilities as in UHR
4492 * capabilities element
4493 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4494 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4495 */
4496enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr {
4497 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID,
4498
4499 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES,
4500 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC,
4501 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY,
4502 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET,
4503 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE,
4504 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA,
4505 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS,
4506 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC,
4507 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY,
4508 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET,
4509 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE,
4510 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_MAC,
4511 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_UHR_CAP_PHY,
4512
4513 /* keep last */
4514 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4515 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4516};
4517
4518/**
4519 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
4520 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4521 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
4522 * an array of nested frequency attributes
4523 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
4524 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
4525 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4526 * defined in 802.11n
4527 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4528 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
4529 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
4530 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4531 * defined in 802.11ac
4532 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4533 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
4534 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
4535 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
4536 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
4537 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
4538 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
4539 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
4540 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
4541 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS
4542 * set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes
4543 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the
4544 * S1G information IE, 10 bytes
4545 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4546 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4547 */
4548enum nl80211_band_attr {
4549 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
4550 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
4551 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
4552
4553 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
4554 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
4555 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
4556 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
4557
4558 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
4559 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
4560 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA,
4561
4562 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS,
4563 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG,
4564
4565 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET,
4566 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA,
4567
4568 /* keep last */
4569 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4570 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4571};
4572
4573#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
4574
4575/**
4576 * enum nl80211_nan_phy_cap_attr - NAN PHY capabilities attributes
4577 * @__NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4578 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing HT MCS set
4579 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities (u16)
4580 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: HT A-MPDU factor (u8)
4581 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: HT A-MPDU density (u8)
4582 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 8-byte attribute containing VHT MCS set
4583 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities (u32)
4584 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_MAC: HE MAC capabilities
4585 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_PHY: HE PHY capabilities
4586 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS combinations
4587 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_PPE: HE PPE thresholds
4588 * @NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN PHY cap attribute number
4589 * @__NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4590 */
4591enum nl80211_nan_phy_cap_attr {
4592 __NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_INVALID,
4593
4594 /* HT capabilities */
4595 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
4596 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
4597 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
4598 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
4599
4600 /* VHT capabilities */
4601 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
4602 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
4603
4604 /* HE capabilities */
4605 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_MAC,
4606 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_PHY,
4607 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_MCS_SET,
4608 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_HE_PPE,
4609
4610 /* keep last */
4611 __NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4612 NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_NAN_PHY_CAP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4613};
4614
4615/**
4616 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
4617 *
4618 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4619 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
4620 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
4621 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
4622 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
4623 * @NL80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
4624 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
4625 */
4626enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
4627 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
4628 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
4629 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
4630 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
4631 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
4632
4633 /* keep last */
4634 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
4635 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
4636};
4637
4638/**
4639 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
4640 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4641 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
4642 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
4643 * regulatory domain.
4644 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
4645 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
4646 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
4647 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as _NO_IR
4648 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
4649 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4650 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
4651 * (100 * dBm).
4652 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
4653 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
4654 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in milliseconds for how long
4655 * this channel is in this DFS state.
4656 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
4657 * channel as the control channel
4658 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
4659 * channel as the control channel
4660 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
4661 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
4662 * this includes 80+80 channels
4663 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
4664 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
4665 * isn't possible
4666 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4667 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
4668 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
4669 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
4670 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
4671 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
4672 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
4673 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
4674 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
4675 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
4676 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
4677 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
4678 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
4679 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
4680 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
4681 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
4682 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
4683 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
4684 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
4685 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4686 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
4687 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4688 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
4689 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
4690 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
4691 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
4692 * in current regulatory domain.
4693 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4694 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
4695 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4696 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
4697 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4698 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
4699 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4700 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
4701 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4702 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
4703 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4704 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
4705 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
4706 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
4707 * in current regulatory domain.
4708 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) that
4709 * is allowed on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4710 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is
4711 * allowed for peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control
4712 * of a DFS master which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01
4713 * Section B.3). Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only.
4714 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP
4715 * not allowed using this channel
4716 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP
4717 * not allowed using this channel
4718 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used in monitor
4719 * mode despite other (regulatory) restrictions, even if the channel is
4720 * otherwise completely disabled.
4721 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: This channel can be used for a
4722 * very low power (VLP) AP, despite being NO_IR.
4723 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: This channel can be active in
4724 * 20 MHz bandwidth, despite being NO_IR.
4725 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is not allowed on this
4726 * channel in current regulatory domain.
4727 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is not allowed on this
4728 * channel in current regulatory domain.
4729 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is not allowed on this
4730 * channel in current regulatory domain.
4731 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_S1G_NO_PRIMARY: Channel is not permitted for use
4732 * as a primary channel. Does not prevent the channel from existing
4733 * as a non-primary subchannel. Only applicable to S1G channels.
4734 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHR: UHR operation is not allowed on this channel
4735 * in current regulatory domain.
4736 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAC_START_TIME: Channel Availability Check (CAC)
4737 * start time (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds). Only present when CAC is
4738 * currently in progress on this channel.
4739 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4740 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
4741 * currently defined
4742 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4743 *
4744 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
4745 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
4746 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
4747 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
4748 */
4749enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
4750 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
4751 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
4752 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
4753 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
4754 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
4755 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
4756 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
4757 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
4758 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
4759 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
4760 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
4761 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
4762 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
4763 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4764 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
4765 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
4766 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
4767 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
4768 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
4769 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE,
4770 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET,
4771 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ,
4772 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ,
4773 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ,
4774 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ,
4775 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ,
4776 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ,
4777 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT,
4778 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD,
4779 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT,
4780 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT,
4781 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT,
4782 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR,
4783 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP,
4784 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY,
4785 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_4MHZ,
4786 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_8MHZ,
4787 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_16MHZ,
4788 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_S1G_NO_PRIMARY,
4789 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHR,
4790 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAC_START_TIME,
4791 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PAD,
4792
4793 /* keep last */
4794 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4795 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4796};
4797
4798#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
4799#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4800#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4801#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4802#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
4803 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4804#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT \
4805 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT
4806#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT \
4807 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT
4808
4809/**
4810 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
4811 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4812 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
4813 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
4814 * in 2.4 GHz band.
4815 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
4816 * currently defined
4817 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4818 */
4819enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
4820 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
4821 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
4822 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
4823
4824 /* keep last */
4825 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4826 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4827};
4828
4829/**
4830 * enum nl80211_reg_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
4831 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
4832 * regulatory domain.
4833 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
4834 * regulatory domain.
4835 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
4836 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
4837 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
4838 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
4839 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
4840 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
4841 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
4842 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
4843 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
4844 */
4845enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
4846 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
4847 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
4848 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
4849 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
4850};
4851
4852/**
4853 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
4854 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
4855 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
4856 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
4857 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
4858 * domain.
4859 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
4860 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
4861 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
4862 * them to be applied.
4863 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
4864 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
4865 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
4866 * domain request to be processed.
4867 */
4868enum nl80211_reg_type {
4869 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
4870 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
4871 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
4872 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
4873};
4874
4875/**
4876 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
4877 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4878 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
4879 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
4880 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
4881 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
4882 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
4883 * band edge.
4884 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
4885 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
4886 * band edge.
4887 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
4888 * frequency range, in KHz.
4889 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
4890 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
4891 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
4892 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
4893 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
4894 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4895 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
4896 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD: power spectral density (in dBm).
4897 * This could be negative.
4898 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
4899 * currently defined
4900 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4901 */
4902enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
4903 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
4904 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
4905
4906 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
4907 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
4908 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
4909
4910 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
4911 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
4912
4913 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
4914
4915 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD,
4916
4917 /* keep last */
4918 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4919 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4920};
4921
4922/**
4923 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4924 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4925 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4926 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
4927 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4928 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4929 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4930 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4931 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4932 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4933 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4934 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4935 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4936 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4937 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4938 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
4939 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4940 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4941 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4942 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4943 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4944 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
4945 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Obsolete
4946 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4947 * attribute number currently defined
4948 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4949 */
4950enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
4951 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
4952
4953 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
4954 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
4955 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
4956 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
4957 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
4958 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI, /* obsolete */
4959
4960 /* keep last */
4961 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
4962 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
4963 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
4964};
4965
4966/* only for backward compatibility */
4967#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4968
4969/**
4970 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4971 *
4972 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4973 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4974 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4975 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4976 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4977 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4978 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4979 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4980 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4981 * beaconing.
4982 * @__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as NO_IR
4983 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4984 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4985 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4986 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4987 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4988 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4989 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4990 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4991 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4992 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
4993 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT: EHT operation not allowed
4994 * @NL80211_RRF_PSD: Ruleset has power spectral density value
4995 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is allowed for
4996 * peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control of a DFS master
4997 * which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 Section B.3).
4998 * Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only.
4999 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP not allowed
5000 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP not allowed
5001 * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Very low power (VLP) AP can be permitted
5002 * despite NO_IR configuration.
5003 * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY: Allow activity in 20 MHz bandwidth,
5004 * despite NO_IR configuration.
5005 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_UHR: UHR operation not allowed
5006 */
5007enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
5008 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1 << 0,
5009 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1 << 1,
5010 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1 << 2,
5011 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1 << 3,
5012 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1 << 4,
5013 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1 << 5,
5014 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1 << 6,
5015 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1 << 7,
5016 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1 << 8,
5017 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1 << 11,
5018 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1 << 12,
5019 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1 << 13,
5020 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1 << 14,
5021 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1 << 15,
5022 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1 << 16,
5023 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE = 1 << 17,
5024 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ = 1 << 18,
5025 NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT = 1 << 19,
5026 NL80211_RRF_PSD = 1 << 20,
5027 NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT = 1 << 21,
5028 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT = 1 << 22,
5029 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT = 1 << 23,
5030 NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP = 1 << 24,
5031 NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_20MHZ_ACTIVITY = 1 << 25,
5032 NL80211_RRF_NO_UHR = 1 << 26,
5033};
5034
5035#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
5036#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
5037#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
5038#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
5039 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
5040#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
5041#define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT
5042#define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT
5043
5044/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
5045#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
5046
5047/**
5048 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
5049 *
5050 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
5051 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
5052 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
5053 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
5054 */
5055enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
5056 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
5057 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
5058 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
5059 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
5060};
5061
5062/**
5063 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
5064 *
5065 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
5066 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
5067 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
5068 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
5069 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
5070 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
5071 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
5072 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
5073 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
5074 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
5075 * supported feature.
5076 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
5077 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
5078 */
5079enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
5080 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
5081 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
5082 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
5083};
5084
5085/**
5086 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
5087 *
5088 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
5089 * when getting information about a survey.
5090 *
5091 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5092 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
5093 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
5094 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
5095 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
5096 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
5097 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
5098 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
5099 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
5100 * channel was sensed busy
5101 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
5102 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
5103 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
5104 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
5105 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
5106 * (on this channel or globally)
5107 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
5108 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
5109 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
5110 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
5111 * currently defined
5112 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
5113 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5114 */
5115enum nl80211_survey_info {
5116 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
5117 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
5118 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
5119 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
5120 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
5121 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
5122 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
5123 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
5124 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
5125 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
5126 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
5127 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX,
5128 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
5129
5130 /* keep last */
5131 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
5132 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
5133};
5134
5135/* keep old names for compatibility */
5136#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
5137#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
5138#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
5139#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
5140#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
5141
5142/**
5143 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
5144 *
5145 * Monitor configuration flags.
5146 *
5147 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
5148 *
5149 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
5150 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
5151 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
5152 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
5153 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: deprecated
5154 * will unconditionally be refused
5155 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
5156 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
5157 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass local tx packets
5158 *
5159 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5160 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
5161 */
5162enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
5163 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
5164 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
5165 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
5166 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
5167 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
5168 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
5169 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
5170 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX,
5171
5172 /* keep last */
5173 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
5174 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
5175};
5176
5177/**
5178 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
5179 *
5180 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
5181 * not known or has not been set yet.
5182 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
5183 * in Awake state all the time.
5184 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
5185 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
5186 * neighbor's beacons.
5187 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
5188 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
5189 * for neighbor's beacons.
5190 *
5191 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5192 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX: highest possible power save level
5193 */
5194
5195enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
5196 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
5197 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
5198 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
5199 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
5200
5201 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
5202 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
5203};
5204
5205/**
5206 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
5207 *
5208 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
5209 * active.
5210 *
5211 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
5212 *
5213 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
5214 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
5215 *
5216 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
5217 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
5218 *
5219 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
5220 * millisecond units
5221 *
5222 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
5223 * on this mesh interface
5224 *
5225 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
5226 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
5227 * mesh
5228 *
5229 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
5230 * point.
5231 *
5232 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
5233 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
5234 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
5235 * set.
5236 *
5237 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
5238 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
5239 * target)
5240 *
5241 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
5242 * (in milliseconds)
5243 *
5244 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
5245 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
5246 *
5247 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
5248 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
5249 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
5250 *
5251 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
5252 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
5253 * reference element
5254 *
5255 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
5256 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
5257 * mesh
5258 *
5259 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
5260 *
5261 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
5262 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
5263 *
5264 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
5265 * root announcements are transmitted.
5266 *
5267 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
5268 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
5269 * Announcement frames.
5270 *
5271 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
5272 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
5273 * PERR element.
5274 *
5275 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
5276 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
5277 *
5278 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
5279 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
5280 * a peer link.
5281 *
5282 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
5283 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
5284 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
5285 *
5286 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
5287 *
5288 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
5289 *
5290 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
5291 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
5292 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
5293 *
5294 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
5295 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
5296 *
5297 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
5298 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
5299 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
5300 *
5301 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
5302 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
5303 *
5304 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
5305 *
5306 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
5307 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
5308 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
5309 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
5310 *
5311 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
5312 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
5313 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
5314 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
5315 *
5316 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
5317 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
5318 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
5319 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
5320 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
5321 *
5322 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
5323 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
5324 * in the mesh formation field.
5325 *
5326 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5327 */
5328enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
5329 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
5330 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
5331 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
5332 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
5333 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
5334 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
5335 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
5336 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
5337 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
5338 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
5339 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
5340 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
5341 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
5342 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
5343 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
5344 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
5345 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
5346 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
5347 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
5348 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
5349 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
5350 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
5351 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
5352 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
5353 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
5354 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
5355 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
5356 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
5357 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
5358 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE,
5359 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN,
5360 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS,
5361
5362 /* keep last */
5363 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5364 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5365};
5366
5367/**
5368 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
5369 *
5370 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
5371 * changed while the mesh is active.
5372 *
5373 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
5374 *
5375 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
5376 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
5377 * default HWMP.
5378 *
5379 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
5380 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
5381 * metric.
5382 *
5383 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
5384 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
5385 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
5386 * metrics in use.
5387 *
5388 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
5389 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
5390 *
5391 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
5392 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
5393 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
5394 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
5395 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
5396 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
5397 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
5398 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
5399 * userspace daemon.
5400 *
5401 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
5402 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
5403 * neighbor offset synchronization
5404 *
5405 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
5406 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
5407 *
5408 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
5409 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
5410 * Default is no authentication method required.
5411 *
5412 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
5413 *
5414 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
5415 */
5416enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
5417 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
5418 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
5419 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
5420 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
5421 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
5422 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
5423 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
5424 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
5425 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
5426
5427 /* keep last */
5428 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5429 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5430};
5431
5432/**
5433 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
5434 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
5435 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
5436 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
5437 * disabled
5438 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
5439 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
5440 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
5441 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
5442 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
5443 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
5444 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
5445 */
5446enum nl80211_txq_attr {
5447 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
5448 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
5449 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
5450 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
5451 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
5452 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
5453
5454 /* keep last */
5455 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5456 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5457};
5458
5459enum nl80211_ac {
5460 NL80211_AC_VO,
5461 NL80211_AC_VI,
5462 NL80211_AC_BE,
5463 NL80211_AC_BK,
5464 NL80211_NUM_ACS
5465};
5466
5467/* backward compat */
5468#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
5469#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
5470#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
5471#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
5472#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
5473
5474/**
5475 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
5476 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
5477 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
5478 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
5479 * below the control channel
5480 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
5481 * above the control channel
5482 */
5483enum nl80211_channel_type {
5484 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
5485 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
5486 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
5487 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
5488};
5489
5490/**
5491 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
5492 *
5493 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
5494 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
5495 *
5496 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
5497 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
5498 *
5499 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
5500 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
5501 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
5502 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
5503 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
5504 */
5505enum nl80211_key_mode {
5506 NL80211_KEY_RX_TX,
5507 NL80211_KEY_NO_TX,
5508 NL80211_KEY_SET_TX
5509};
5510
5511/**
5512 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
5513 *
5514 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
5515 * attribute.
5516 *
5517 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
5518 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
5519 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5520 * attribute must be provided as well
5521 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5522 * attribute must be provided as well
5523 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5524 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
5525 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5526 * attribute must be provided as well
5527 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
5528 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
5529 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
5530 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
5531 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
5532 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
5533 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
5534 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5535 * attribute must be provided as well
5536 */
5537enum nl80211_chan_width {
5538 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
5539 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5540 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
5541 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
5542 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
5543 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
5544 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
5545 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
5546 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
5547 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
5548 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4,
5549 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8,
5550 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16,
5551 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320,
5552};
5553
5554/**
5555 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
5556 *
5557 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
5558 *
5559 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
5560 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
5561 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
5562 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
5563 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
5564 */
5565enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
5566 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5567 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
5568 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
5569 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1,
5570 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2,
5571};
5572
5573/**
5574 * enum nl80211_bss_use_for - bitmap indicating possible BSS use
5575 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL: Use this BSS for normal "connection",
5576 * including IBSS/MBSS depending on the type.
5577 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK: This BSS can be used as a link in an
5578 * MLO connection. Note that for an MLO connection, all links including
5579 * the assoc link must have this flag set, and the assoc link must
5580 * additionally have %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL set.
5581 */
5582enum nl80211_bss_use_for {
5583 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL = 1 << 0,
5584 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK = 1 << 1,
5585};
5586
5587/**
5588 * enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons - reason(s) connection to a
5589 * BSS isn't possible
5590 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: NSTR nonprimary links aren't
5591 * supported by the device, and this BSS entry represents one.
5592 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH: STA is not supporting
5593 * the AP power type (SP, VLP, AP) that the AP uses.
5594 */
5595enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons {
5596 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY = 1 << 0,
5597 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH = 1 << 1,
5598};
5599
5600#define NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_UHB_PWR_MISMATCH \
5601 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH
5602
5603/**
5604 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
5605 *
5606 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
5607 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
5608 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
5609 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
5610 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
5611 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
5612 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
5613 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
5614 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
5615 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
5616 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
5617 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
5618 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
5619 * they are from a Beacon frame.
5620 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
5621 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
5622 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
5623 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
5624 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
5625 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
5626 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
5627 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
5628 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
5629 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
5630 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
5631 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
5632 * yet been received
5633 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
5634 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) - No longer used!
5635 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
5636 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
5637 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
5638 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
5639 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
5640 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
5641 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
5642 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
5643 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
5644 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
5645 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
5646 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
5647 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
5648 * is set.
5649 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
5650 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
5651 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
5652 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
5653 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8).
5654 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it.
5655 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR: u32 bitmap attribute indicating what the BSS can be
5656 * used for, see &enum nl80211_bss_use_for.
5657 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS: Indicates the reason that this BSS cannot
5658 * be used for all or some of the possible uses by the device reporting it,
5659 * even though its presence was detected.
5660 * This is a u64 attribute containing a bitmap of values from
5661 * &enum nl80211_cannot_use_reasons, note that the attribute may be missing
5662 * if no reasons are specified.
5663 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
5664 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
5665 */
5666enum nl80211_bss {
5667 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
5668 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
5669 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
5670 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
5671 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
5672 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
5673 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
5674 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
5675 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
5676 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
5677 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
5678 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
5679 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
5680 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
5681 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
5682 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
5683 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
5684 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5685 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
5686 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
5687 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET,
5688 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID,
5689 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR,
5690 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR,
5691 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS,
5692
5693 /* keep last */
5694 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
5695 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5696};
5697
5698/**
5699 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
5700 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
5701 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
5702 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
5703 * a given BSS.
5704 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
5705 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
5706 *
5707 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
5708 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
5709 */
5710enum nl80211_bss_status {
5711 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
5712 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
5713 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
5714};
5715
5716/**
5717 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
5718 *
5719 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
5720 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
5721 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
5722 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
5723 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
5724 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
5725 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
5726 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
5727 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_EPPKE: Enhanced Privacy Protection Key Exchange
5728 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_IEEE8021X: IEEE 802.1X authentication utilizing
5729 * Authentication frames
5730 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
5731 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
5732 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
5733 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
5734 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
5735 */
5736enum nl80211_auth_type {
5737 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
5738 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
5739 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
5740 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
5741 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
5742 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
5743 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
5744 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
5745 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_EPPKE,
5746 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_IEEE8021X,
5747
5748 /* keep last */
5749 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
5750 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
5751 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
5752};
5753
5754/**
5755 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
5756 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
5757 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
5758 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
5759 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
5760 */
5761enum nl80211_key_type {
5762 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
5763 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
5764 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
5765
5766 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
5767};
5768
5769/**
5770 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
5771 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
5772 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
5773 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
5774 */
5775enum nl80211_mfp {
5776 NL80211_MFP_NO,
5777 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
5778 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5779};
5780
5781enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
5782 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
5783 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
5784 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3 = 1 << 2,
5785};
5786
5787/**
5788 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
5789 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
5790 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
5791 * unicast key
5792 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
5793 * multicast key
5794 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
5795 */
5796enum nl80211_key_default_types {
5797 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
5798 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
5799 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
5800
5801 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
5802};
5803
5804/**
5805 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
5806 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
5807 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
5808 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
5809 * keys
5810 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
5811 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
5812 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
5813 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
5814 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
5815 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
5816 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
5817 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
5818 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
5819 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
5820 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
5821 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
5822 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
5823 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
5824 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
5825 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
5826 * @NL80211_KEY_LTF_SEED: LTF key seed is used by the driver to generate
5827 * secure LTF keys used in case of peer measurement request with FTM
5828 * request type as either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
5829 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED. Secure LTF key seeds
5830 * will help enable PHY security in peer measurement session.
5831 * The LTF key seed is installed along with the TK (Temporal Key) using
5832 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY. The TK is configured using the
5833 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA attribute, while the LTF key seed is configured
5834 * using this attribute. Both keys must be configured before initiation
5835 * of peer measurement to ensure peer measurement session is secure.
5836 * Only valid if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_KEY_LTF_SEED is set. This
5837 * attribute is restricted to pairwise keys (%NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE).
5838 *
5839 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
5840 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
5841 */
5842enum nl80211_key_attributes {
5843 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
5844 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
5845 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
5846 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
5847 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
5848 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
5849 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
5850 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
5851 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
5852 NL80211_KEY_MODE,
5853 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON,
5854 NL80211_KEY_LTF_SEED,
5855
5856 /* keep last */
5857 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
5858 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
5859};
5860
5861/**
5862 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
5863 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
5864 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5865 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
5866 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
5867 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
5868 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5869 * in an array of MCS numbers.
5870 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5871 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
5872 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
5873 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5874 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
5875 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
5876 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
5877 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT: EHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5878 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_eht
5879 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_GI: configure EHT GI, (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
5880 * @NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_LTF: configure EHT LTF, (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ltf)
5881 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
5882 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
5883 */
5884enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
5885 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
5886 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
5887 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
5888 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
5889 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
5890 NL80211_TXRATE_HE,
5891 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI,
5892 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF,
5893 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT,
5894 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_GI,
5895 NL80211_TXRATE_EHT_LTF,
5896
5897 /* keep last */
5898 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
5899 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
5900};
5901
5902#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
5903#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
5904
5905/**
5906 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5907 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5908 */
5909struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
5910 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
5911};
5912
5913#define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8
5914/**
5915 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5916 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5917 */
5918struct nl80211_txrate_he {
5919 __u16 mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX];
5920};
5921
5922enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
5923 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
5924 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
5925 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
5926};
5927
5928#define NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX 16
5929/**
5930 * struct nl80211_txrate_eht - EHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5931 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5932 */
5933struct nl80211_txrate_eht {
5934 __u16 mcs[NL80211_EHT_NSS_MAX];
5935};
5936
5937/**
5938 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
5939 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
5940 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
5941 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
5942 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
5943 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
5944 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
5945 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
5946 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
5947 */
5948enum nl80211_band {
5949 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
5950 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
5951 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
5952 NL80211_BAND_6GHZ,
5953 NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ,
5954 NL80211_BAND_LC,
5955
5956 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
5957};
5958
5959/**
5960 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
5961 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
5962 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
5963 */
5964enum nl80211_ps_state {
5965 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
5966 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
5967};
5968
5969/**
5970 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
5971 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
5972 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
5973 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
5974 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
5975 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
5976 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
5977 * crosses any of the thresholds.
5978 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
5979 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
5980 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
5981 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
5982 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
5983 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
5984 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
5985 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
5986 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
5987 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
5988 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
5989 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
5990 * checked.
5991 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
5992 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
5993 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
5994 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
5995 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
5996 * loss event
5997 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
5998 * RSSI threshold event.
5999 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
6000 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
6001 */
6002enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
6003 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
6004 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
6005 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
6006 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
6007 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
6008 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
6009 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
6010 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
6011 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
6012 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
6013
6014 /* keep last */
6015 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
6016 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
6017};
6018
6019/**
6020 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
6021 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
6022 * configured threshold
6023 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
6024 * configured threshold
6025 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
6026 */
6027enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
6028 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
6029 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
6030 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
6031};
6032
6033
6034/**
6035 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
6036 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
6037 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
6038 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
6039 */
6040enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
6041 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
6042 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
6043 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
6044};
6045
6046/**
6047 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
6048 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
6049 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
6050 */
6051enum nl80211_tid_config {
6052 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE,
6053 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE,
6054};
6055
6056/* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
6057 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
6058 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
6059 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
6060 */
6061enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting {
6062 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC,
6063 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED,
6064 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED,
6065};
6066
6067/* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
6068 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
6069 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
6070 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
6071 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
6072 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
6073 * per peer instead.
6074 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribute, if set indicates
6075 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
6076 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
6077 * should be left untouched.
6078 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
6079 * Its type is u16.
6080 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
6081 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
6082 * Its type is u8.
6083 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
6084 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
6085 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
6086 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
6087 * output in wiphy capabilities.
6088 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
6089 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
6090 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
6091 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
6092 * output in wiphy capabilities.
6093 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
6094 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
6095 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
6096 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
6097 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
6098 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
6099 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
6100 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
6101 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
6102 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
6103 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
6104 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
6105 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
6106 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
6107 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
6108 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
6109 * station.
6110 */
6111enum nl80211_tid_config_attr {
6112 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
6113 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD,
6114 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP,
6115 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP,
6116 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE,
6117 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS,
6118 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK,
6119 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT,
6120 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG,
6121 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL,
6122 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL,
6123 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL,
6124 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE,
6125 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE,
6126
6127 /* keep last */
6128 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
6129 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
6130};
6131
6132/**
6133 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
6134 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
6135 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
6136 * a zero bit are ignored
6137 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
6138 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
6139 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
6140 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
6141 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
6142 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
6143 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
6144 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
6145 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
6146 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
6147 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
6148 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
6149 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
6150 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
6151 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
6152 */
6153enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
6154 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
6155 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
6156 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
6157 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
6158
6159 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
6160 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
6161};
6162
6163/**
6164 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
6165 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
6166 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
6167 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
6168 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
6169 *
6170 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
6171 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
6172 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
6173 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
6174 * by the kernel to userspace.
6175 */
6176struct nl80211_pattern_support {
6177 __u32 max_patterns;
6178 __u32 min_pattern_len;
6179 __u32 max_pattern_len;
6180 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
6181} __attribute__((packed));
6182
6183/* only for backward compatibility */
6184#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
6185#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
6186#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
6187#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
6188#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
6189#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
6190#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
6191
6192/**
6193 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
6194 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6195 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
6196 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
6197 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
6198 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
6199 * any others are even supported by the device.
6200 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
6201 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
6202 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
6203 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
6204 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
6205 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
6206 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
6207 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
6208 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
6209 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
6210 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
6211 *
6212 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
6213 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
6214 *
6215 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
6216 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
6217 * to the kernel when configuring.
6218 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
6219 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
6220 * by the device (flag)
6221 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
6222 * done by the device) (flag)
6223 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
6224 * packet (flag)
6225 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
6226 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
6227 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
6228 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
6229 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
6230 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
6231 * attribute contains the original length.
6232 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
6233 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
6234 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
6235 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
6236 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
6237 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
6238 * contains the original length.
6239 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
6240 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
6241 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
6242 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
6243 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
6244 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
6245 * the TCP connection.
6246 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
6247 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
6248 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
6249 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
6250 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
6251 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
6252 * service
6253 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
6254 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
6255 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
6256 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
6257 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
6258 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
6259 * attribute is also sent in a response to
6260 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
6261 * supported by the driver (u32).
6262 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
6263 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
6264 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
6265 * that the information is not available. If more than one
6266 * element is present, it means that more than one match
6267 * occurred.
6268 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
6269 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
6270 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
6271 * these attributes must be present. If
6272 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
6273 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
6274 * channel.
6275 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC: For wakeup reporting only.
6276 * Wake up happened due to unprotected deauth or disassoc frame in MFP.
6277 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
6278 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
6279 *
6280 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
6281 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
6282 */
6283enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
6284 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
6285 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
6286 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
6287 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
6288 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
6289 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
6290 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
6291 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
6292 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
6293 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
6294 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
6295 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
6296 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
6297 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
6298 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
6299 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
6300 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
6301 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
6302 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
6303 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
6304 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC,
6305
6306 /* keep last */
6307 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
6308 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
6309};
6310
6311/**
6312 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
6313 *
6314 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
6315 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
6316 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
6317 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
6318 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
6319 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
6320 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
6321 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
6322 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
6323 *
6324 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
6325 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
6326 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
6327 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
6328 * also woken up.
6329 *
6330 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
6331 * response packets might not go through correctly.
6332 */
6333
6334/**
6335 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
6336 * @start: starting value
6337 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
6338 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
6339 *
6340 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
6341 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
6342 * in little endian.
6343 */
6344struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
6345 __u32 start, offset, len;
6346};
6347
6348/**
6349 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
6350 * @offset: offset of token in packet
6351 * @len: length of each token
6352 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
6353 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
6354 */
6355struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
6356 __u32 offset, len;
6357 __u8 token_stream[];
6358};
6359
6360/**
6361 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
6362 * @min_len: minimum token length
6363 * @max_len: maximum token length
6364 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
6365 */
6366struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
6367 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
6368};
6369
6370/**
6371 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
6372 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6373 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
6374 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
6375 * (in network byte order)
6376 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
6377 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
6378 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
6379 * might require ARP querying.
6380 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
6381 * socket and port will be allocated
6382 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
6383 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
6384 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
6385 * of the data payload.
6386 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
6387 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
6388 * advertising it is just a flag
6389 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
6390 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
6391 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
6392 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
6393 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
6394 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
6395 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
6396 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
6397 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
6398 * but on the TCP payload only.
6399 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
6400 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
6401 */
6402enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
6403 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
6404 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
6405 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
6406 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
6407 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
6408 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
6409 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
6410 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
6411 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
6412 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
6413 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
6414 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
6415
6416 /* keep last */
6417 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
6418 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
6419};
6420
6421/**
6422 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
6423 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
6424 * @pat: packet pattern support information
6425 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
6426 *
6427 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
6428 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
6429 */
6430struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
6431 __u32 max_rules;
6432 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
6433 __u32 max_delay;
6434} __attribute__((packed));
6435
6436/**
6437 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
6438 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
6439 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
6440 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
6441 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
6442 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
6443 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
6444 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
6445 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
6446 */
6447enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
6448 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
6449 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
6450 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
6451 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
6452
6453 /* keep last */
6454 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
6455 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
6456};
6457
6458/**
6459 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
6460 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
6461 * in a rule are matched.
6462 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
6463 * in a rule are not matched.
6464 */
6465enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
6466 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
6467 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
6468};
6469
6470/**
6471 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
6472 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
6473 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
6474 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
6475 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
6476 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
6477 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
6478 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
6479 */
6480enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
6481 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
6482 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
6483 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
6484
6485 /* keep last */
6486 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
6487 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
6488};
6489
6490/**
6491 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
6492 *
6493 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
6494 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
6495 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
6496 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
6497 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
6498 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
6499 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
6500 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
6501 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
6502 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
6503 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
6504 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
6505 * different channels may be used within this group.
6506 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
6507 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
6508 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
6509 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
6510 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
6511 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
6512 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
6513 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
6514 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
6515 *
6516 * Examples:
6517 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
6518 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
6519 *
6520 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
6521 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
6522 *
6523 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
6524 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
6525 *
6526 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
6527 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
6528 *
6529 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
6530 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
6531 * that any of these groups must match.
6532 *
6533 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
6534 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
6535 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
6536 * interface type, the following group always exists:
6537 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
6538 */
6539enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
6540 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
6541 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
6542 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
6543 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
6544 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
6545 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
6546 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
6547 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
6548
6549 /* keep last */
6550 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
6551 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
6552};
6553
6554
6555/**
6556 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
6557 *
6558 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
6559 * state of non-existent mesh peer links
6560 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
6561 * this mesh peer
6562 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
6563 * from this mesh peer
6564 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
6565 * received from this mesh peer
6566 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
6567 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
6568 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
6569 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
6570 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
6571 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
6572 */
6573enum nl80211_plink_state {
6574 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
6575 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
6576 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
6577 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
6578 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
6579 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
6580 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
6581
6582 /* keep last */
6583 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
6584 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
6585};
6586
6587/**
6588 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
6589 *
6590 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
6591 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
6592 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
6593 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
6594 */
6595enum nl80211_plink_action {
6596 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
6597 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
6598 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
6599
6600 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
6601};
6602
6603
6604#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
6605#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
6606#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24
6607#define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32
6608#define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32 32
6609#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
6610
6611/**
6612 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
6613 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6614 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
6615 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
6616 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
6617 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
6618 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
6619 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
6620 */
6621enum nl80211_rekey_data {
6622 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
6623 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
6624 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
6625 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
6626 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM,
6627
6628 /* keep last */
6629 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
6630 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
6631};
6632
6633/**
6634 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
6635 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
6636 * Beacon frames)
6637 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
6638 * in Beacon frames
6639 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
6640 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
6641 */
6642enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
6643 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
6644 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
6645 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
6646};
6647
6648/**
6649 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
6650 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
6651 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
6652 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
6653 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
6654 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
6655 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
6656 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
6657 */
6658enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
6659 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
6660 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
6661 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
6662
6663 /* keep last */
6664 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
6665 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
6666};
6667
6668/**
6669 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
6670 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6671 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
6672 * priority)
6673 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
6674 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
6675 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
6676 * (internal)
6677 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
6678 * (internal)
6679 */
6680enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
6681 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
6682 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
6683 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
6684 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
6685
6686 /* keep last */
6687 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
6688 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
6689};
6690
6691/**
6692 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
6693 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
6694 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
6695 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
6696 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
6697 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
6698 */
6699enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
6700 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
6701 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
6702 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
6703 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
6704 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
6705};
6706
6707/**
6708 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
6709 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
6710 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
6711 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
6712 */
6713enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
6714 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD = 1 << 0,
6715};
6716
6717/**
6718 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
6719 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
6720 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
6721 * socket option.
6722 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
6723 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
6724 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
6725 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
6726 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from
6727 * cellular base stations.
6728 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
6729 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
6730 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
6731 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
6732 * mode
6733 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
6734 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
6735 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
6736 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
6737 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
6738 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
6739 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
6740 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
6741 * setting
6742 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
6743 * powersave
6744 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
6745 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
6746 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
6747 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
6748 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
6749 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
6750 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
6751 * states using station flags.
6752 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
6753 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
6754 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
6755 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
6756 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
6757 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
6758 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
6759 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
6760 * still generated by the driver.
6761 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
6762 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
6763 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
6764 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
6765 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
6766 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
6767 * lifetime of a BSS.
6768 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
6769 * Set IE to probe requests.
6770 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
6771 * to probe requests.
6772 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
6773 * requests sent to it by an AP.
6774 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
6775 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
6776 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
6777 * Measurement Report action frame.
6778 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
6779 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
6780 * to enable dynack.
6781 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
6782 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6783 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
6784 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
6785 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6786 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
6787 * rts/cts handshake.
6788 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
6789 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
6790 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
6791 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
6792 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
6793 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
6794 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
6795 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
6796 * operating as a TDLS peer.
6797 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6798 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
6799 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
6800 * address mask/value will be used.
6801 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
6802 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
6803 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6804 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6805 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6806 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
6807 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6808 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6809 */
6810enum nl80211_feature_flags {
6811 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
6812 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
6813 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
6814 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
6815 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
6816 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
6817 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
6818 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
6819 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
6820 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
6821 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
6822 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
6823 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
6824 /* bit 13 is reserved */
6825 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
6826 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
6827 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
6828 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
6829 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
6830 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
6831 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
6832 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
6833 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
6834 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
6835 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
6836 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
6837 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
6838 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
6839 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
6840 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
6841 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
6842 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1U << 31,
6843};
6844
6845/**
6846 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
6847 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
6848 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
6849 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
6850 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
6851 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
6852 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertised.
6853 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
6854 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
6855 * certain groups which can be configured by the
6856 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
6857 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
6858 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
6859 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
6860 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
6861 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6862 * (if available).
6863 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
6864 * time the last beacon/probe was received. For a non-MLO connection, the
6865 * time is the TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is
6866 * connected to (if available). For an MLO connection, the time is the TSF
6867 * of the BSS corresponding with link ID specified in the scan request (if
6868 * specified).
6869 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
6870 * channel dwell time.
6871 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
6872 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non-HT/VHT) rate.
6873 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
6874 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
6875 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
6876 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
6877 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
6878 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
6879 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
6880 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
6881 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
6882 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
6883 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
6884 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
6885 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
6886 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
6887 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
6888 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
6889 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
6890 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
6891 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6892 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
6893 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
6894 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
6895 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
6896 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
6897 * be supported.
6898 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
6899 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
6900 * actual dwell time.
6901 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
6902 * response
6903 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
6904 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
6905 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
6906 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
6907 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
6908 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
6909 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
6910 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
6911 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
6912 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
6913 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
6914 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
6915 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
6916 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
6917 * "radar detected" event.
6918 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
6919 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
6920 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
6921 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
6922 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: Backward-compatible ID
6923 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
6924 * TXQs.
6925 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
6926 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
6927 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
6928 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
6929 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
6930 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
6931 * timing measurement responder role.
6932 *
6933 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
6934 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
6935 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
6936 * freeze the connection.
6937 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
6938 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
6939 *
6940 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
6941 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
6942 * scheduling.
6943 *
6944 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
6945 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
6946 *
6947 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Obsolete
6948 *
6949 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
6950 * to a station.
6951 *
6952 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
6953 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
6954 *
6955 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
6956 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
6957 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
6958 *
6959 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
6960 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
6961 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
6962 *
6963 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
6964 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
6965 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
6966 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
6967 *
6968 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
6969 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
6970 * handled as ordinary data frames.
6971 *
6972 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
6973 *
6974 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
6975 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
6976 *
6977 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
6978 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
6979 *
6980 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
6981 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
6982 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
6983 * included in the scan request.
6984 *
6985 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
6986 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
6987 *
6988 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
6989 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
6990 *
6991 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6992 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
6993 * command).
6994 *
6995 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
6996 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
6997 *
6998 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
6999 * frames transmission
7000 *
7001 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
7002 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
7003 *
7004 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
7005 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
7006 *
7007 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
7008 * exchange protocol.
7009 *
7010 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
7011 * exchange protocol.
7012 *
7013 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
7014 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
7015 * negotiation and range measurement procedure.
7016 *
7017 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
7018 * detection and change announcemnts.
7019 *
7020 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
7021 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
7022 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
7023 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
7024 *
7025 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
7026 * detection.
7027 *
7028 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address
7029 * change without having to bring the underlying network device down
7030 * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the
7031 * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy
7032 * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions
7033 * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations
7034 * in progress, and no active connections.
7035 *
7036 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode.
7037 *
7038 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables
7039 * authentication, data encryption and message integrity.
7040 *
7041 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA
7042 * in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer
7043 * using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
7044 *
7045 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
7046 * handling in station mode.
7047 *
7048 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
7049 * handling in AP mode.
7050 *
7051 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT: The device supports peer-to-peer or
7052 * ad hoc operation on DFS channels under the control of a concurrent
7053 * DFS master on the same channel as described in FCC-594280 D01
7054 * (Section B.3). This, for example, allows P2P GO and P2P clients to
7055 * operate on DFS channels as long as there's a concurrent BSS connection.
7056 *
7057 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT: The driver has support for SPP
7058 * (signaling and payload protected) A-MSDUs and this shall be advertised
7059 * in the RSNXE.
7060 *
7061 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT: Driver supports beacon rate
7062 * configuration (AP/mesh) with EHT rates.
7063 *
7064 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EPPKE: Driver supports Enhanced Privacy Protection
7065 * Key Exchange (EPPKE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE)
7066 * in non-AP STA mode.
7067 *
7068 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ASSOC_FRAME_ENCRYPTION: This specifies that the
7069 * driver supports encryption of (Re)Association Request and Response
7070 * frames in both non‑AP STA and AP mode as specified in
7071 * "IEEE P802.11bi/D3.0, 12.16.6".
7072 *
7073 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_IEEE8021X_AUTH: Driver supports IEEE 802.1X
7074 * authentication utilizing Authentication frames with user space SME
7075 * (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in non-AP STA mode, as specified in
7076 * "IEEE P802.11bi/D4.0, 12.16.5".
7077 *
7078 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ROC_ADDR_FILTER: Driver supports MAC address
7079 * filtering during remain-on-channel. When %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is
7080 * provided with %NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL, the driver will
7081 * forward frames with a matching MAC address to userspace during
7082 * the off-channel period.
7083 *
7084 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_KEY_LTF_SEED: Driver supports installing the
7085 * LTF key seed via %NL80211_KEY_LTF_SEED. The seed is used to generate
7086 * secure LTF keys for secure LTF measurement sessions.
7087 *
7088 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
7089 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
7090 */
7091enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
7092 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
7093 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
7094 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
7095 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
7096 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
7097 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
7098 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
7099 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
7100 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
7101 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
7102 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
7103 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
7104 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
7105 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
7106 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
7107 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
7108 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
7109 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
7110 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
7111 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
7112 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
7113 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
7114 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
7115 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
7116 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
7117 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
7118 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
7119 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
7120 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
7121 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT = NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
7122 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
7123 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN,
7124 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT,
7125 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0,
7126 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER,
7127 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS,
7128 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING,
7129 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD, /* obsolete */
7130 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID,
7131 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR,
7132 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD,
7133 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD,
7134 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL,
7135 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION,
7136 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH,
7137 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT,
7138 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA,
7139 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS,
7140 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT,
7141 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ,
7142 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS,
7143 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION,
7144 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK,
7145 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP,
7146 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY,
7147 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
7148 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE,
7149 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF,
7150 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT,
7151 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE,
7152 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR,
7153 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD,
7154 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND,
7155 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE,
7156 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT,
7157 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN,
7158 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA,
7159 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD,
7160 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP,
7161 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT,
7162 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT,
7163 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_EHT,
7164 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EPPKE,
7165 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ASSOC_FRAME_ENCRYPTION,
7166 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_IEEE8021X_AUTH,
7167 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ROC_ADDR_FILTER,
7168 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_KEY_LTF_SEED,
7169
7170 /* add new features before the definition below */
7171 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
7172 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
7173};
7174
7175/**
7176 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
7177 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
7178 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
7179 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
7180 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
7181 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
7182 * to the host.
7183 *
7184 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
7185 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
7186 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
7187 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
7188 */
7189enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
7190 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
7191 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
7192 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
7193 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
7194};
7195
7196/**
7197 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
7198 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
7199 * handled by the AP is reached.
7200 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
7201 */
7202enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
7203 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
7204 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
7205};
7206
7207/**
7208 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
7209 *
7210 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
7211 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
7212 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
7213 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
7214 */
7215enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
7216 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
7217 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
7218 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
7219 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
7220};
7221
7222/**
7223 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
7224 *
7225 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
7226 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
7227 * requests.
7228 *
7229 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
7230 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
7231 * one of them can be used in the request.
7232 *
7233 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
7234 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
7235 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
7236 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
7237 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
7238 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
7239 * when really needed
7240 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
7241 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
7242 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
7243 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
7244 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
7245 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
7246 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
7247 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
7248 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
7249 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
7250 * request parameters IE in the probe request
7251 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
7252 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
7253 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non-OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
7254 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
7255 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
7256 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
7257 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
7258 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
7259 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
7260 * SSID and/or RSSI.
7261 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
7262 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
7263 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
7264 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
7265 * impacted with this flag.
7266 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
7267 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
7268 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
7269 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
7270 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
7271 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
7272 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
7273 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
7274 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
7275 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
7276 * possible.
7277 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
7278 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
7279 * added by userspace explicitly.)
7280 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
7281 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
7282 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
7283 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by
7284 * 2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the
7285 * information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses
7286 * received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz
7287 * channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set,
7288 * the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of
7289 * probe requests on non-PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that
7290 * these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag
7291 * is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be
7292 * scanned if the user space has asked for it.
7293 */
7294enum nl80211_scan_flags {
7295 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
7296 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
7297 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
7298 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
7299 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
7300 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
7301 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
7302 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
7303 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
7304 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
7305 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
7306 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN = 1<<11,
7307 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT = 1<<12,
7308 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ = 1<<13,
7309 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ = 1<<14,
7310};
7311
7312/**
7313 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
7314 *
7315 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
7316 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
7317 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
7318 *
7319 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
7320 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
7321 * in ACL to authenticate.
7322 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
7323 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
7324 */
7325enum nl80211_acl_policy {
7326 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
7327 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
7328};
7329
7330/**
7331 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
7332 *
7333 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
7334 *
7335 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
7336 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
7337 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
7338 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
7339 * @__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST: internal
7340 * @NL80211_SMPS_MAX: highest used enumeration
7341 */
7342enum nl80211_smps_mode {
7343 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
7344 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
7345 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
7346
7347 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
7348 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
7349};
7350
7351/**
7352 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
7353 *
7354 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
7355 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
7356 *
7357 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
7358 * now unusable.
7359 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
7360 * the channel is now available.
7361 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
7362 * change to the channel status.
7363 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
7364 * over, channel becomes usable.
7365 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
7366 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
7367 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
7368 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
7369 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
7370 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
7371 */
7372enum nl80211_radar_event {
7373 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
7374 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
7375 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
7376 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
7377 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
7378 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
7379};
7380
7381/**
7382 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
7383 *
7384 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
7385 *
7386 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
7387 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
7388 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
7389 * is therefore marked as not available.
7390 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
7391 */
7392enum nl80211_dfs_state {
7393 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
7394 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
7395 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
7396};
7397
7398/**
7399 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
7400 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
7401 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
7402 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
7403 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
7404 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
7405 */
7406enum nl80211_protocol_features {
7407 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
7408};
7409
7410/**
7411 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
7412 *
7413 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
7414 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
7415 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
7416 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
7417 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
7418 */
7419enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
7420 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
7421 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
7422 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
7423 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
7424 /* add other protocols before this one */
7425 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
7426};
7427
7428/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
7429#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
7430
7431/**
7432 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
7433 *
7434 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
7435 *
7436 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
7437 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
7438 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
7439 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
7440 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
7441 */
7442enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
7443 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
7444 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH = 1 << 1,
7445};
7446
7447/*
7448 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
7449 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
7450 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
7451 */
7452#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
7453
7454/**
7455 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
7456 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
7457 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
7458 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
7459 * added to this file when needed.
7460 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
7461 */
7462struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
7463 __u32 vendor_id;
7464 __u32 subcmd;
7465};
7466
7467/**
7468 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
7469 *
7470 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
7471 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
7472 *
7473 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
7474 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
7475 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
7476 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
7477 */
7478enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
7479 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
7480 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
7481 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
7482 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE = 1<<3,
7483};
7484
7485/**
7486 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
7487 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7488 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
7489 * seconds (u32).
7490 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
7491 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
7492 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
7493 * make the scan plan meaningless.
7494 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
7495 * currently defined
7496 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
7497 */
7498enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
7499 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
7500 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
7501 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
7502
7503 /* keep last */
7504 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
7505 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
7506 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
7507};
7508
7509/**
7510 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
7511 *
7512 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
7513 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
7514 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
7515 */
7516struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
7517 __u8 band;
7518 __s8 delta;
7519} __attribute__((packed));
7520
7521/**
7522 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
7523 *
7524 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
7525 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
7526 * is requested.
7527 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
7528 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
7529 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
7530 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
7531 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
7532 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
7533 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
7534 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
7535 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
7536 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
7537 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
7538 *
7539 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
7540 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
7541 * which the driver shall use.
7542 */
7543enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
7544 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
7545 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
7546 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
7547 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
7548
7549 /* keep last */
7550 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
7551 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
7552};
7553
7554/**
7555 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
7556 *
7557 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
7558 *
7559 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
7560 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
7561 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
7562 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST: internal use
7563 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE: internal use
7564 */
7565enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
7566 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
7567 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
7568 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
7569
7570 /* keep last */
7571 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
7572 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
7573};
7574
7575/**
7576 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
7577 *
7578 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
7579 *
7580 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
7581 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
7582 */
7583enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
7584 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
7585 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
7586};
7587
7588/**
7589 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
7590 *
7591 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
7592 *
7593 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
7594 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
7595 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
7596 */
7597enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
7598 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
7599 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
7600 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
7601};
7602
7603#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
7604#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
7605#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
7606
7607/**
7608 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
7609 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
7610 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
7611 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
7612 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
7613 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
7614 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
7615 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
7616 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
7617 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
7618 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
7619 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
7620 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
7621 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
7622 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
7623 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
7624 * is follow up. This is a u8.
7625 * The requester instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
7626 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
7627 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
7628 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
7629 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
7630 * This is a flag.
7631 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
7632 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
7633 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
7634 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
7635 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
7636 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
7637 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
7638 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
7639 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
7640 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
7641 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
7642 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
7643 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
7644 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
7645 *
7646 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
7647 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
7648 */
7649enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
7650 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
7651 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
7652 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
7653 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
7654 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
7655 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
7656 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
7657 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
7658 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
7659 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
7660 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
7661 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
7662 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
7663 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
7664 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
7665 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
7666 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
7667
7668 /* keep last */
7669 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
7670 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
7671};
7672
7673/**
7674 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
7675 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
7676 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
7677 * This is a flag.
7678 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
7679 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
7680 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
7681 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
7682 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
7683 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
7684 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
7685 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
7686 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
7687 */
7688enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
7689 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
7690 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
7691 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
7692 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
7693 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
7694
7695 /* keep last */
7696 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
7697 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
7698};
7699
7700/**
7701 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
7702 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
7703 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
7704 * match. This is a nested attribute.
7705 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7706 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
7707 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
7708 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7709 *
7710 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
7711 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
7712 */
7713enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
7714 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
7715 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
7716 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
7717
7718 /* keep last */
7719 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
7720 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
7721};
7722
7723/**
7724 * enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes - NAN band configuration attributes
7725 * @__NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_INVALID: Invalid.
7726 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_BAND: Band for which the configuration is
7727 * being set. The value is according to &enum nl80211_band (u8).
7728 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_FREQ: Discovery frequency. This attribute shall not
7729 * be present on 2.4 GHZ band. On 5 GHz band its presence is optional.
7730 * The allowed values are 5220 (channel 44) or 5745 (channel 149).
7731 * If not present, channel 149 is used if allowed, otherwise channel 44
7732 * will be selected. The value is in MHz (u16).
7733 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE: RSSI close threshold used for NAN state
7734 * transition algorithm as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN
7735 * Device Role and State Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) Specification
7736 * v4.0. If not specified, default device value is used. The value should
7737 * be greater than -60 dBm (s8).
7738 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_MIDDLE: RSSI middle threshold used for NAN state
7739 * transition algorithm as described in chapters 3.3.6 and 3.3.7 "NAN
7740 * Device Role and State Transition" of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) Specification
7741 * v4.0. If not present, default device value is used. The value should be
7742 * greater than -75 dBm and less than %NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE
7743 * (s8).
7744 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_WAKE_DW: Committed DW information (values 0-5).
7745 * Value 0 means that the device will not wake up during the
7746 * discovery window. Values 1-5 mean that the device will wake up
7747 * during each 2^(n - 1) discovery window, where n is the value of
7748 * this attribute. Setting this attribute to 0 is not allowed on
7749 * 2.4 GHz band (u8). This is an optional parameter (default is 1).
7750 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_DISABLE_SCAN: Optional flag attribute to disable
7751 * scanning (for cluster merge) on the band. If set, the device will not
7752 * scan on this band anymore. Disabling scanning on 2.4 GHz band is not
7753 * allowed.
7754 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR: Internal.
7755 * @NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR_MAX: Highest NAN band configuration attribute.
7756 *
7757 * These attributes are used to configure NAN band-specific parameters. Note,
7758 * that both RSSI attributes should be configured (or both left unset).
7759 */
7760enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes {
7761 __NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_INVALID,
7762 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_BAND,
7763 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_FREQ,
7764 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_CLOSE,
7765 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_RSSI_MIDDLE,
7766 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_WAKE_DW,
7767 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_DISABLE_SCAN,
7768
7769 /* keep last */
7770 NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR,
7771 NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_BAND_CONF_ATTR - 1,
7772};
7773
7774/**
7775 * enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes - NAN configuration attributes
7776 * @__NL80211_NAN_CONF_INVALID: Invalid attribute, used for validation.
7777 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_CLUSTER_ID: ID for the NAN cluster. This is a MAC
7778 * address that can take values from 50-6F-9A-01-00-00 to
7779 * 50-6F-9A-01-FF-FF. This attribute is optional. If not present,
7780 * a random Cluster ID will be chosen.
7781 * This attribute will be ignored in NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG
7782 * since after NAN was started, the cluster ID can no longer change.
7783 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_EXTRA_ATTRS: Additional NAN attributes to be
7784 * published in the beacons. This is an optional byte array.
7785 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_VENDOR_ELEMS: Vendor-specific elements that will
7786 * be published in the beacons. This is an optional byte array.
7787 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_BAND_CONFIGS: This is a nested array attribute,
7788 * containing multiple entries for each supported band. Each band
7789 * configuration consists of &enum nl80211_nan_band_conf_attributes.
7790 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_PERIOD: Scan period in seconds. If not configured,
7791 * device default is used. Zero value will disable scanning.
7792 * This is u16 (optional).
7793 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_DWELL_TIME: Scan dwell time in TUs per channel.
7794 * Only non-zero values are valid. If not configured the device default
7795 * value is used. This is u16 (optional)
7796 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_DISCOVERY_BEACON_INTERVAL: Discovery beacon interval
7797 * in TUs. Valid range is 50-200 TUs. If not configured the device default
7798 * value is used. This is u8 (optional)
7799 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_NOTIFY_DW: If set, the driver will notify userspace about
7800 * the upcoming discovery window with
7801 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION.
7802 * This is a flag attribute.
7803 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR: Internal.
7804 * @NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR_MAX: Highest NAN configuration attribute.
7805 *
7806 * These attributes are used to configure NAN-specific parameters.
7807 */
7808enum nl80211_nan_conf_attributes {
7809 __NL80211_NAN_CONF_INVALID,
7810 NL80211_NAN_CONF_CLUSTER_ID,
7811 NL80211_NAN_CONF_EXTRA_ATTRS,
7812 NL80211_NAN_CONF_VENDOR_ELEMS,
7813 NL80211_NAN_CONF_BAND_CONFIGS,
7814 NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_PERIOD,
7815 NL80211_NAN_CONF_SCAN_DWELL_TIME,
7816 NL80211_NAN_CONF_DISCOVERY_BEACON_INTERVAL,
7817 NL80211_NAN_CONF_NOTIFY_DW,
7818
7819 /* keep last */
7820 NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR,
7821 NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_CONF_ATTR - 1,
7822};
7823
7824/**
7825 * enum nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
7826 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
7827 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
7828 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
7829 */
7830enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
7831 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
7832 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
7833};
7834
7835/**
7836 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
7837 * responder attributes
7838 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7839 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
7840 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
7841 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
7842 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
7843 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: The content of Measurement Report Element
7844 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
7845 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
7846 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7847 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
7848 */
7849enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes {
7850 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
7851
7852 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED,
7853 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
7854 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
7855
7856 /* keep last */
7857 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
7858 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
7859};
7860
7861/*
7862 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
7863 *
7864 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
7865 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
7866 *
7867 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7868 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
7869 * were ssfully answered (u32)
7870 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
7871 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
7872 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
7873 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
7874 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
7875 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
7876 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
7877 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
7878 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
7879 * phase with the responder (u32)
7880 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
7881 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
7882 * FTM slot (u32)
7883 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
7884 * scheduled window (u32)
7885 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
7886 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
7887 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
7888 */
7889enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats {
7890 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID,
7891 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM,
7892 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM,
7893 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM,
7894 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM,
7895 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM,
7896 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC,
7897 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7898 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM,
7899 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM,
7900 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD,
7901
7902 /* keep last */
7903 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST,
7904 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX = __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST - 1
7905};
7906
7907/**
7908 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
7909 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
7910 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
7911 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
7912 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
7913 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
7914 */
7915enum nl80211_preamble {
7916 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY,
7917 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT,
7918 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT,
7919 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG,
7920 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE,
7921};
7922
7923/**
7924 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
7925 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
7926 * these numbers also for attributes
7927 *
7928 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
7929 *
7930 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
7931 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
7932 */
7933enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type {
7934 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID,
7935
7936 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM,
7937
7938 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES,
7939 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES - 1
7940};
7941
7942/**
7943 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
7944 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
7945 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
7946 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
7947 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
7948 * reason may be available in the response data
7949 */
7950enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status {
7951 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS,
7952 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED,
7953 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT,
7954 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE,
7955};
7956
7957/**
7958 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
7959 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7960 *
7961 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7962 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
7963 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
7964 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
7965 * (flag attribute)
7966 *
7967 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
7968 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7969 */
7970enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req {
7971 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
7972
7973 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA,
7974 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF,
7975
7976 /* keep last */
7977 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS,
7978 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS - 1
7979};
7980
7981/**
7982 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
7983 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7984 *
7985 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7986 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
7987 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
7988 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
7989 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
7990 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
7991 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
7992 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
7993 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
7994 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
7995 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
7996 * (u64, usec)
7997 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
7998 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
7999 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
8000 * result.
8001 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
8002 *
8003 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
8004 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
8005 */
8006enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp {
8007 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
8008
8009 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA,
8010 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS,
8011 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME,
8012 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF,
8013 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL,
8014 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
8015
8016 /* keep last */
8017 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS,
8018 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS - 1
8019};
8020
8021/**
8022 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req_type - FTM ranging request type,
8023 * used with %NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ_TYPE
8024 *
8025 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_INFRA: infrastructure ranging, i.e. STA-to-AP
8026 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_PD: peer-to-peer ranging as defined in the
8027 * Wi-Fi Alliance specification "Proximity Ranging (PR) Implementation
8028 * Consideration Draft 1.9 Rev 1"
8029 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE: internal
8030 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_MAX: highest request type value
8031 */
8032enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req_type {
8033 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_INFRA,
8034 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_PD,
8035
8036 /* keep last */
8037 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE,
8038 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE - 1
8039};
8040
8041/**
8042 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
8043 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
8044 *
8045 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
8046 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
8047 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
8048 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
8049 * measurement type, with attributes from the
8050 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
8051 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
8052 * measurement type, with attributes from the
8053 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
8054 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ_TYPE: u32 attribute specifying the ranging
8055 * request type, using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req_type.
8056 * If absent, defaults to %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_INFRA.
8057 *
8058 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
8059 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
8060 */
8061enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs {
8062 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID,
8063
8064 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR,
8065 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN,
8066 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ,
8067 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP,
8068 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ_TYPE,
8069
8070 /* keep last */
8071 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS,
8072 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS - 1,
8073};
8074
8075/**
8076 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
8077 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
8078 *
8079 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
8080 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
8081 * measurements can be done with in a single request
8082 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
8083 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
8084 * measurement results
8085 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
8086 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
8087 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
8088 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
8089 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
8090 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
8091 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
8092 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
8093 * sub-attributes taken from
8094 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
8095 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_ISTA_ROLE: u32 attribute indicating the
8096 * maximum number of peers supported when the device operates in the
8097 * ISTA (Initiator STA) role. If absent, no role-specific peer limit
8098 * applies. The sum of %NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_ISTA_ROLE and
8099 * %NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_RSTA_ROLE is enforced when the device
8100 * supports concurrent ISTA/RSTA operation.
8101 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_RSTA_ROLE: u32 attribute indicating the
8102 * maximum number of peers supported when the device operates in the
8103 * RSTA (Responder STA) role. If absent, no role-specific peer limit
8104 * applies. The sum of %NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_ISTA_ROLE and
8105 * %NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_RSTA_ROLE is enforced when the device
8106 * supports concurrent ISTA/RSTA operation.
8107 *
8108 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
8109 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
8110 */
8111enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs {
8112 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID,
8113
8114 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS,
8115 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF,
8116 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR,
8117 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA,
8118 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS,
8119 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_ISTA_ROLE,
8120 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEER_RSTA_ROLE,
8121
8122 /* keep last */
8123 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR,
8124 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR - 1
8125};
8126
8127/**
8128 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
8129 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
8130 *
8131 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
8132 * is supported
8133 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
8134 * mode is supported
8135 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
8136 * data can be requested during the measurement
8137 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
8138 * location data can be requested during the measurement
8139 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
8140 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
8141 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
8142 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
8143 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
8144 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
8145 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
8146 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
8147 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
8148 * is valid)
8149 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
8150 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
8151 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
8152 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported
8153 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
8154 * if non-trigger-based ranging measurement is supported
8155 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_6GHZ_SUPPORT: flag attribute indicating if
8156 * ranging on the 6 GHz band is supported
8157 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_LTF_REP: u32 attribute indicating
8158 * the maximum number of LTF repetitions the device can transmit in the
8159 * preamble of the ranging NDP (zero means only one LTF, no repetitions)
8160 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_LTF_REP: u32 attribute indicating
8161 * the maximum number of LTF repetitions the device can receive in the
8162 * preamble of the ranging NDP (zero means only one LTF, no repetitions)
8163 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_STS: u32 attribute indicating
8164 * the maximum number of space-time streams supported for ranging NDP TX
8165 * (zero-based)
8166 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_STS: u32 attribute indicating
8167 * the maximum number of space-time streams supported for ranging NDP RX
8168 * (zero-based)
8169 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_TX: u32 attribute indicating the
8170 * maximum total number of LTFs the device can transmit. The total number
8171 * of LTFs is (number of LTF repetitions) * (number of space-time streams).
8172 * This limits the allowed combinations of LTF repetitions and STS.
8173 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_RX: u32 attribute indicating the
8174 * maximum total number of LTFs the device can receive. The total number
8175 * of LTFs is (number of LTF repetitions) * (number of space-time streams).
8176 * This limits the allowed combinations of LTF repetitions and STS.
8177 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_SUPPORT: flag attribute indicating the
8178 * device supports operating as the RSTA in PMSR FTM request
8179 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ISTA_CAPS: nested attribute containing ISTA
8180 * (initiator) role capabilities. Uses the same sub-attributes as
8181 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_CAPS.
8182 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_CAPS: nested attribute containing RSTA
8183 * (responder) role capabilities.
8184 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_SUPPORT_NTB: flag attribute (used inside
8185 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ISTA_CAPS or
8186 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_CAPS) indicating NTB ranging support.
8187 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_SUPPORT_TB: flag attribute (used inside
8188 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ISTA_CAPS or
8189 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_CAPS) indicating TB ranging support.
8190 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_SUPPORT_EDCA: flag attribute (used inside
8191 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ISTA_CAPS or
8192 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_CAPS) indicating EDCA based ranging
8193 * support.
8194 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TYPE_CAPS: nested attribute containing ranging
8195 * type capabilities. Uses sub-attributes from
8196 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_type_capa.
8197 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_CONCURRENT_ISTA_RSTA_SUPPORT: flag attribute
8198 * indicating that the device can simultaneously act as initiator and
8199 * responder in a multi-peer measurement request. Only valid if
8200 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_SUPPORT is set.
8201 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_NUM_TX_ANTENNAS: u32 attribute indicating
8202 * the maximum number of transmit antennas supported for EDCA based ranging
8203 * (0 means unknown)
8204 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_NUM_RX_ANTENNAS: u32 attribute indicating
8205 * the maximum number of receive antennas supported for EDCA based ranging
8206 * (0 means unknown)
8207 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MIN_INTERVAL_EDCA: u32 attribute indicating
8208 * the minimum EDCA ranging interval supported by the device
8209 * in milli seconds. (0 means unknown). Applications can use this value
8210 * to estimate the burst period to be given in the FTM request for the
8211 * EDCA based ranging case. If non-zero, this value will be used to
8212 * validate the burst period in the FTM request.
8213 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MIN_INTERVAL_NTB: u32 attribute indicating
8214 * the minimum NTB ranging interval supported by the device
8215 * in milli seconds. (0 means unknown). Applications can use this value
8216 * to estimate the burst period to be given in the FTM request for the
8217 * NTB ranging case. If non-zero, this value will be used to validate
8218 * the nominal time in the FTM request.
8219 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PD_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap of values from
8220 * &enum nl80211_preamble indicating the supported preambles for PD
8221 * ranging requests. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_PD_SUPPORT
8222 * is set.
8223 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PD_BANDWIDTHS: u32 bitmap of values from
8224 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel bandwidths
8225 * for PD ranging requests. Only valid if
8226 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_PD_SUPPORT is set.
8227 *
8228 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
8229 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
8230 */
8231enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa {
8232 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
8233
8234 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP,
8235 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP,
8236 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI,
8237 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC,
8238 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES,
8239 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS,
8240 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT,
8241 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST,
8242 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
8243 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
8244 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_6GHZ_SUPPORT,
8245 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_LTF_REP,
8246 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_LTF_REP,
8247 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TX_STS,
8248 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_RX_STS,
8249 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_TX,
8250 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_TOTAL_LTF_RX,
8251 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_SUPPORT,
8252 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ISTA_CAPS,
8253 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_RSTA_CAPS,
8254 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_SUPPORT_NTB,
8255 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_SUPPORT_TB,
8256 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_SUPPORT_EDCA,
8257 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TYPE_CAPS,
8258 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_CONCURRENT_ISTA_RSTA_SUPPORT,
8259 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_NUM_TX_ANTENNAS,
8260 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_NUM_RX_ANTENNAS,
8261 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MIN_INTERVAL_EDCA,
8262 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MIN_INTERVAL_NTB,
8263 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PD_PREAMBLES,
8264 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PD_BANDWIDTHS,
8265
8266 /* keep last */
8267 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR,
8268 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR - 1
8269};
8270
8271/**
8272 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_type_capa - FTM ranging type capability
8273 * sub-attributes, used inside %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TYPE_CAPS
8274 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
8275 *
8276 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_INFRA_SUPPORT: flag attribute indicating
8277 * that the device supports infrastructure ranging (STA-to-AP or
8278 * AP-to-STA) as part of Proximity Detection
8279 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_PD_SUPPORT: flag attribute indicating that
8280 * the device supports peer-to-peer ranging as mentioned in the
8281 * specification "PR Implementation Consideration Draft 1.9 rev 1" where
8282 * PD stands for proximity detection
8283 *
8284 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR: internal
8285 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
8286 */
8287enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_type_capa {
8288 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID,
8289
8290 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_INFRA_SUPPORT,
8291 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_PD_SUPPORT,
8292
8293 /* keep last */
8294 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR,
8295 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_TYPE_CAPA_ATTR - 1
8296};
8297
8298/**
8299 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
8300 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
8301 *
8302 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
8303 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
8304 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
8305 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
8306 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
8307 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference". No limit for
8308 * non-EDCA ranging)
8309 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
8310 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
8311 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
8312 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
8313 * default 15 i.e. "no preference"). For non-EDCA ranging, this is the
8314 * burst duration in milliseconds (optional with default 0, i.e. let the
8315 * device decide).
8316 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: (Optional) number of successful
8317 * FTM frames requested per burst
8318 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
8319 * If the attribute is absent ("no preference"), the driver or firmware can
8320 * choose a suitable value.
8321 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
8322 * (u8, default 3)
8323 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
8324 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
8325 * (flag)
8326 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
8327 * measurement (flag).
8328 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
8329 * mutually exclusive.
8330 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
8331 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
8332 * ranging will be used.
8333 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non-trigger-based
8334 * ranging measurement (flag)
8335 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
8336 * mutually exclusive.
8337 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
8338 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
8339 * ranging will be used.
8340 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
8341 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
8342 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
8343 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
8344 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
8345 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
8346 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_RSTA: optional. Request to perform the measurement
8347 * as the RSTA (flag). When set, the device is expected to dwell on the
8348 * channel specified in %NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN until it receives the
8349 * FTM request from the peer or the timeout specified by
8350 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT has expired.
8351 * Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK is set (so the
8352 * RSTA will have the measurement results to report back in the FTM
8353 * response).
8354 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MIN_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS: minimum time
8355 * between two consecutive range measurements in units of 100 microseconds,
8356 * for non-trigger based ranging (u32). Should be set as short as possible
8357 * to minimize turnaround time, since two-way ranging with delayed LMR
8358 * requires two measurements. Only valid if
8359 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
8360 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS: maximum time
8361 * between two consecutive range measurements in units of 10 milliseconds,
8362 * for non-trigger based ranging (u32). Acts as a session timeout; if
8363 * exceeded, the ranging session should be terminated. Only valid if
8364 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
8365 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NOMINAL_TIME: The nominal time field shall be
8366 * set to the nominal duration between adjacent Availability Windows in
8367 * units of milli seconds (u32). Mandatory if
8368 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
8369 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_AW_DURATION: (Optional) The AW duration field
8370 * shall be set to the duration of the AW in units of 1ms (0-255 ms) (u32).
8371 * Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
8372 * If the attribute is absent ("no preference"), the driver or firmware
8373 * can choose a suitable value.
8374 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_MEASUREMENTS: (Optional) number of
8375 * Availability Windows (AWs) to schedule for non-trigger-based ranging.
8376 * Each AW may contain multiple FTM exchanges as configured by
8377 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST. Only valid if
8378 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
8379 * If the attribute is absent ("no preference"), the driver or firmware
8380 * can choose a suitable value.
8381 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only.
8382 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INGRESS: optional u64 attribute in units of mm.
8383 * When specified, the measurement result of the peer needs to be
8384 * indicated if the device moves into this range.
8385 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_EGRESS: optional u64 attribute in units of mm.
8386 * When specified, the measurement result of the peer needs to be
8387 * indicated if the device moves out of this range.
8388 * If neither or only one of @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INGRESS and
8389 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_EGRESS is specified, only the specified
8390 * threshold is used. If both are specified, both thresholds are applied.
8391 * If neither is specified, results are reported without threshold
8392 * filtering.
8393 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PD_SUPPRESS_RESULTS: Flag to suppress ranging
8394 * results for PD requests. When set, ranging measurements are performed
8395 * but results are not reported to userspace, regardless of ranging role
8396 * or type. Only valid when %NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ_TYPE is set to
8397 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_TYPE_PD.
8398 *
8399 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
8400 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
8401 */
8402enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req {
8403 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID,
8404
8405 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP,
8406 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
8407 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
8408 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
8409 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
8410 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
8411 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES,
8412 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI,
8413 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC,
8414 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED,
8415 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED,
8416 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK,
8417 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR,
8418 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_RSTA,
8419 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MIN_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS,
8420 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS,
8421 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NOMINAL_TIME,
8422 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_AW_DURATION,
8423 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_MEASUREMENTS,
8424 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PAD,
8425 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INGRESS,
8426 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_EGRESS,
8427 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PD_SUPPRESS_RESULTS,
8428
8429 /* keep last */
8430 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR,
8431 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR - 1
8432};
8433
8434/**
8435 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
8436 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
8437 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
8438 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
8439 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
8440 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
8441 * try and get no response)
8442 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
8443 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
8444 * received
8445 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
8446 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
8447 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
8448 * by the peer and are no longer supported
8449 */
8450enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons {
8451 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED,
8452 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE,
8453 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED,
8454 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL,
8455 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE,
8456 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP,
8457 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
8458 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS,
8459};
8460
8461/**
8462 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
8463 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
8464 *
8465 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
8466 * (u32, optional)
8467 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
8468 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
8469 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
8470 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
8471 * transmitted (u32, optional)
8472 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
8473 * that were acknowledged (u32, optional)
8474 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
8475 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
8476 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
8477 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
8478 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
8479 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
8480 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
8481 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
8482 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
8483 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
8484 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
8485 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
8486 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
8487 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
8488 * attributes)
8489 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
8490 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
8491 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
8492 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
8493 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
8494 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
8495 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
8496 * optional)
8497 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
8498 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
8499 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
8500 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
8501 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
8502 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
8503 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
8504 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
8505 * Type 8.
8506 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
8507 * (binary, optional);
8508 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
8509 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
8510 * Type 11.
8511 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
8512 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: actual burst period used by
8513 * the responder (similar to request, u16)
8514 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_LTF_REPETITION_COUNT: negotiated value of
8515 * number of tx ltf repetitions in NDP frames (u32, optional)
8516 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_LTF_REPETITION_COUNT: negotiated value of
8517 * number of rx ltf repetitions in NDP frames (u32, optional)
8518 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS: negotiated value
8519 * where latest time by which the ISTA needs to complete the next round of
8520 * measurements, in units of 10 ms (u32, optional)
8521 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MIN_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS: negotiated
8522 * minimum time between two consecutive range measurements initiated by an
8523 * ISTA, in units of 100 us (u32, optional)
8524 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_TX_SPATIAL_STREAMS: number of Tx space-time
8525 * streams used in NDP frames during the measurement sounding phase
8526 * (u32, optional).
8527 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_RX_SPATIAL_STREAMS: number of Rx space-time
8528 * streams used in the NDP frames during the measurement sounding phase
8529 * (u32, optional)
8530 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NOMINAL_TIME: negotiated nominal time used in
8531 * this session in milliseconds. (u32, optional)
8532 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_AVAILABILITY_WINDOW: negotiated availability
8533 * window time used in this session, in units of milli seconds.
8534 * (u32, optional)
8535 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute indicating channel
8536 * width used for measurement, see &enum nl80211_chan_width (optional).
8537 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PREAMBLE: u32 attribute indicating the preamble
8538 * type used for the measurement, see &enum nl80211_preamble (optional).
8539 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_IS_DELAYED_LMR: flag, indicates if the
8540 * current result is delayed LMR data.
8541 *
8542 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
8543 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
8544 */
8545enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp {
8546 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
8547
8548 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON,
8549 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX,
8550 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS,
8551 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES,
8552 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME,
8553 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP,
8554 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION,
8555 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST,
8556 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG,
8557 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD,
8558 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE,
8559 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE,
8560 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG,
8561 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE,
8562 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD,
8563 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG,
8564 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE,
8565 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD,
8566 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI,
8567 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC,
8568 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD,
8569 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD,
8570 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_LTF_REPETITION_COUNT,
8571 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_LTF_REPETITION_COUNT,
8572 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS,
8573 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MIN_TIME_BETWEEN_MEASUREMENTS,
8574 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_TX_SPATIAL_STREAMS,
8575 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_RX_SPATIAL_STREAMS,
8576 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NOMINAL_TIME,
8577 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_AVAILABILITY_WINDOW,
8578 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
8579 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PREAMBLE,
8580 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_IS_DELAYED_LMR,
8581
8582 /* keep last */
8583 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR,
8584 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR - 1
8585};
8586
8587/**
8588 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
8589 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8590 *
8591 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
8592 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
8593 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
8594 * tx power offset.
8595 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
8596 * values used by members of the SRG.
8597 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
8598 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
8599 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
8600 *
8601 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8602 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
8603 */
8604enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes {
8605 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID,
8606
8607 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET,
8608 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET,
8609 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET,
8610 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP,
8611 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP,
8612 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL,
8613
8614 /* keep last */
8615 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST,
8616 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8617};
8618
8619/**
8620 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
8621 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8622 *
8623 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
8624 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
8625 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
8626 *
8627 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8628 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
8629 */
8630enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes {
8631 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID,
8632
8633 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR,
8634 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED,
8635 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL,
8636
8637 /* keep last */
8638 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST,
8639 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8640};
8641
8642/**
8643 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
8644 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8645 *
8646 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
8647 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
8648 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
8649 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
8650 * AKM suites for the specified interface types.
8651 *
8652 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8653 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
8654 */
8655enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes {
8656 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID,
8657
8658 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES,
8659 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES,
8660
8661 /* keep last */
8662 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST,
8663 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8664};
8665
8666/**
8667 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
8668 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
8669 *
8670 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8671 *
8672 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
8673 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
8674 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
8675 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit). If set to 0, the feature is disabled.
8676 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
8677 * frame including the headers.
8678 *
8679 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8680 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
8681 */
8682enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes {
8683 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID,
8684
8685 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN,
8686 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX,
8687 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL,
8688
8689 /* keep last */
8690 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST,
8691 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST - 1
8692};
8693
8694/*
8695 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
8696 * mandatory fields.
8697 */
8698#define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
8699
8700/**
8701 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
8702 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
8703 *
8704 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8705 *
8706 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
8707 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
8708 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). If set to 0, the feature is
8709 * disabled.
8710 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
8711 * frame template (binary).
8712 *
8713 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8714 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
8715 */
8716enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes {
8717 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID,
8718
8719 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT,
8720 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL,
8721
8722 /* keep last */
8723 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST,
8724 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX =
8725 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST - 1
8726};
8727
8728/**
8729 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
8730 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
8731 * used.
8732 *
8733 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
8734 * attribute is not present from userspace.
8735 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
8736 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
8737 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
8738 * can be used.
8739 */
8740enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism {
8741 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED,
8742 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK,
8743 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT,
8744 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH,
8745};
8746
8747/**
8748 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
8749 *
8750 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
8751 *
8752 * @NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE: internal
8753 */
8754enum nl80211_sar_type {
8755 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER,
8756
8757 /* add new type here */
8758
8759 /* Keep last */
8760 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE,
8761};
8762
8763/**
8764 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
8765 *
8766 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8767 *
8768 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
8769 *
8770 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
8771 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
8772 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
8773 *
8774 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
8775 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
8776 *
8777 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
8778 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
8779 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
8780 *
8781 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8782 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
8783 *
8784 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
8785 */
8786enum nl80211_sar_attrs {
8787 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID,
8788
8789 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE,
8790 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS,
8791
8792 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST,
8793 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8794};
8795
8796/**
8797 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
8798 *
8799 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID: Invalid
8800 *
8801 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
8802 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
8803 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
8804 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
8805 *
8806 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
8807 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
8808 * is applied to this range.
8809 *
8810 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
8811 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
8812 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
8813 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
8814 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
8815 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
8816 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
8817 *
8818 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
8819 *
8820 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
8821 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
8822 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
8823 *
8824 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
8825 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
8826 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
8827 *
8828 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
8829 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
8830 */
8831enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs {
8832 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID,
8833
8834 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER,
8835 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX,
8836 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ,
8837 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ,
8838
8839 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST,
8840 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX = __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST - 1,
8841};
8842
8843/**
8844 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
8845 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
8846 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
8847 * MBSSID and EMA.
8848 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
8849 * features.
8850 *
8851 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8852 *
8853 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
8854 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
8855 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
8856 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
8857 *
8858 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
8859 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
8860 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
8861 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
8862 * a non-zero value.
8863 *
8864 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
8865 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
8866 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
8867 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
8868 * for using unique indices for the interfaces.
8869 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
8870 *
8871 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
8872 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
8873 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
8874 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
8875 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
8876 * the interface index of the same.
8877 *
8878 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
8879 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
8880 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
8881 *
8882 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_LINK_ID: Link ID of the transmitted profile.
8883 * This parameter is mandatory when NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG attributes
8884 * are sent for a non-transmitted profile and if the transmitted profile
8885 * is part of an MLD. For all other cases this parameter is unnecessary.
8886 *
8887 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8888 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
8889 */
8890enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes {
8891 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID,
8892
8893 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES,
8894 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY,
8895 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX,
8896 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX,
8897 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA,
8898 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_LINK_ID,
8899
8900 /* keep last */
8901 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST,
8902 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8903};
8904
8905/**
8906 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
8907 *
8908 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
8909 * authentication.
8910 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
8911 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
8912 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
8913 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
8914 * userspace.
8915 */
8916enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags {
8917 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = 1 << 0,
8918 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT = 1 << 1,
8919};
8920
8921/**
8922 * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs - wiphy radio attributes
8923 *
8924 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8925 *
8926 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX: Index of this radio (u32)
8927 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE: Frequency range supported by this
8928 * radio. Attribute may be present multiple times.
8929 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION: Supported interface
8930 * combination for this radio. Attribute may be present multiple times
8931 * and contains attributes defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
8932 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK: bitmask (u32) of antennas
8933 * connected to this radio.
8934 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (u32) of this radio.
8935 *
8936 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8937 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute
8938 */
8939enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs {
8940 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID,
8941
8942 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX,
8943 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE,
8944 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION,
8945 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK,
8946 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_RTS_THRESHOLD,
8947
8948 /* keep last */
8949 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST,
8950 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8951};
8952
8953/**
8954 * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy radio frequency range
8955 *
8956 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8957 *
8958 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START: Frequency range start (u32).
8959 * The unit is kHz.
8960 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END: Frequency range end (u32).
8961 * The unit is kHz.
8962 *
8963 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8964 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute
8965 */
8966enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range {
8967 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID,
8968
8969 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START,
8970 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END,
8971
8972 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST,
8973 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST - 1,
8974};
8975
8976/**
8977 * enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs - S1G short beacon data
8978 *
8979 * @__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8980 *
8981 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_HEAD: Short beacon head (binary).
8982 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_TAIL: Short beacon tail (binary).
8983 *
8984 * @__NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8985 * @NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute
8986 */
8987enum nl80211_s1g_short_beacon_attrs {
8988 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_INVALID,
8989
8990 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_HEAD,
8991 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_TAIL,
8992
8993 /* keep last */
8994 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST,
8995 NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_MAX =
8996 __NL80211_S1G_SHORT_BEACON_ATTR_LAST - 1
8997};
8998
8999/**
9000 * enum nl80211_nan_capabilities - NAN (Neighbor Aware Networking)
9001 * capabilities.
9002 *
9003 * @__NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_INVALID: Invalid.
9004 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC: Flag attribute indicating that
9005 * the device supports configurable synchronization. If set, the device
9006 * should be able to handle %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CONFIG
9007 * attribute in the %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN (and change) command.
9008 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_USERSPACE_DE: Flag attribute indicating that
9009 * NAN Discovery Engine (DE) is not offloaded and the driver assumes
9010 * user space DE implementation. When set, %NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
9011 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION and %NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH commands
9012 * should not be used. In addition, the device/driver should support
9013 * sending discovery window (DW) notifications using
9014 * %NL80211_CMD_NAN_NEXT_DW_NOTIFICATION and handling transmission and
9015 * reception of NAN SDF frames on NAN device interface during DW windows.
9016 * (%NL80211_CMD_FRAME is used to transmit SDFs)
9017 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_OP_MODE: u8 attribute indicating the supported operation
9018 * modes as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification Table 81 (Operation
9019 * Mode field format).
9020 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_NUM_ANTENNAS: u8 attribute indicating the number of
9021 * TX and RX antennas supported by the device. Lower nibble indicates
9022 * the number of TX antennas and upper nibble indicates the number of RX
9023 * antennas. Value 0 indicates the information is not available.
9024 * See table 79 of Wi-Fi Aware (TM) specification (Number of
9025 * Antennas field).
9026 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_MAX_CHANNEL_SWITCH_TIME: u16 attribute indicating the
9027 * maximum time in microseconds that the device requires to switch
9028 * channels.
9029 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CAPABILITIES: u8 attribute containing the
9030 * capabilities of the device as defined in Wi-Fi Aware (TM)
9031 * specification Table 79 (Capabilities field).
9032 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPA_PHY: nested attribute containing band-agnostic
9033 * capabilities for NAN data path. See &enum nl80211_nan_phy_cap_attr.
9034 * @__NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST: Internal
9035 * @NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_MAX: Highest NAN capability attribute.
9036 */
9037enum nl80211_nan_capabilities {
9038 __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_INVALID,
9039
9040 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CONFIGURABLE_SYNC,
9041 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_USERSPACE_DE,
9042 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_OP_MODE,
9043 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_NUM_ANTENNAS,
9044 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_MAX_CHANNEL_SWITCH_TIME,
9045 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_CAPABILITIES,
9046 NL80211_NAN_CAPA_PHY,
9047 /* keep last */
9048 __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST,
9049 NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_MAX = __NL80211_NAN_CAPABILITIES_LAST - 1,
9050};
9051
9052/**
9053 * enum nl80211_nan_peer_map_attrs - NAN peer schedule map attributes
9054 *
9055 * Nested attributes used within %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_PEER_MAPS to define
9056 * individual peer schedule maps.
9057 *
9058 * @__NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
9059 * @NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_MAP_ID: (u8) The map ID for this schedule map.
9060 * @NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_TIME_SLOTS: An array of u8 values with 32 cells.
9061 * Each value maps a time slot to a channel index within the schedule's
9062 * channel list (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_CHANNEL attributes).
9063 * %NL80211_NAN_SCHED_NOT_AVAIL_SLOT indicates unscheduled.
9064 * @__NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
9065 * @NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_MAX: Highest peer map attribute
9066 */
9067enum nl80211_nan_peer_map_attrs {
9068 __NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_INVALID,
9069
9070 NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_MAP_ID,
9071 NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_TIME_SLOTS,
9072
9073 /* keep last */
9074 __NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_LAST,
9075 NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_NAN_PEER_MAP_ATTR_LAST - 1,
9076};
9077
9078#define NL80211_NAN_SCHED_NOT_AVAIL_SLOT 0xff
9079
9080#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */